WO2022206652A1 - Method and apparatus for information indication - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for information indication Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022206652A1
WO2022206652A1 PCT/CN2022/083248 CN2022083248W WO2022206652A1 WO 2022206652 A1 WO2022206652 A1 WO 2022206652A1 CN 2022083248 W CN2022083248 W CN 2022083248W WO 2022206652 A1 WO2022206652 A1 WO 2022206652A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
power information
port
power
field
bit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/083248
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘晓晴
张永平
李铁
余政
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022206652A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022206652A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/54Signalisation aspects of the TPC commands, e.g. frame structure
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for indicating information.
  • the first field will be introduced into the downlink control information (DCI) involved in the new radio (NR) mobile communication system, and the first field will be used to determine the reference signal (RS) resource set of transmit slots.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • NR new radio
  • RS reference signal
  • the present application provides an information indication method and apparatus, which defines a flexible indication function of the first field in the DCI according to different states of the RS request field.
  • an information indication method is provided.
  • the information indication method can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the methods indicated by the information include:
  • the terminal device obtains the downlink control information DCI, the DCI includes an RS request field and a first field, the RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, and when the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, the first field field is used to determine the first information; when the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the second information; wherein, the first information is used to determine the time unit for sending the RS resource set , the second information includes at least one piece of power information corresponding to at least one port respectively, and the power information corresponding to the port is used to determine the first transmit power of the port.
  • the first field included in the DCI can implement different indication functions according to the state of the RS request field used to indicate the triggered RS resource set, and the first field in the DCI is flexibly defined. function.
  • the first field is used to determine the first information; when the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the second information;
  • the first field is used to determine the first information; in the case that the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information.
  • the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the first information; or, the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the second information;
  • the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the first information
  • the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the second information
  • the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the first information
  • the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the second information.
  • the first field used to determine the second information includes: the first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port, wherein the The power information includes at least one of the following: the power information is the first transmit power; or, the power information is an offset, and the offset and the second transmit power are used to determine the first transmit power; or, the power information is a differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of the preset port are used to determine the first transmit power; the power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a predefined rule are used to determine the first transmit power,
  • the second transmission power is obtained according to one or more of a predefined rule, a value indicated by high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and the number of ports used for one transmission, and the second field includes the The power control field contained in the DCI.
  • the network device when instructing the terminal device to send no RS resource set, may reuse the first field used to determine the time unit for sending the RS resource set to indicate the uplink transmission power of each port, and when reducing the RS resource set Under the premise of signaling overhead, it is ensured that the power of each port data stream received by the network device is the same, thereby not affecting the uplink spectral efficiency and uplink throughput of the system.
  • the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and includes: the first field includes a first bit, the first One bit is used to determine the first power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, and the first bit includes at least one bit;
  • a field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes: the first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is a preset second power Power information corresponding to the state of the second bit in the power information set, where the second bit includes at least one bit.
  • the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal device, a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates that the first power information set is related to the first power information set.
  • a port corresponds, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, the second bit corresponds to the second power information set, The state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the state of the second bit corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
  • the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, and the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, including: the first bit state of the first field indicates that the first Power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, including: the first The second bit state of a field indicates the second power information, and the second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset second power information set, wherein the preset first power information The set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set.
  • the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal device, a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates: the preset first power information set Corresponds to the first port, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the second bit state corresponds to The power information in the second power information set corresponds to.
  • the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information including: the second bit state of the first field indicates the second bit state Power information, where the second power information is power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset power information set.
  • the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal device, a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates that: The power information corresponding to the first port, the power information corresponding to the second port in the preset power information set, the first bit state corresponding to the power information of the first port, the second bit state Corresponding to the power information of the second port.
  • the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port includes: the first field is used to determine at least one corresponding to the at least one port.
  • a piece of power information is the second transmission power, wherein the second transmission power is configured according to a predefined rule, configured through high-layer signaling and/or a value indicated by the second field, and one of the number of ports used for one transmission or Multiple acquisitions, the second field includes the power control field contained in the DCI.
  • the information indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can indicate the uplink transmission power of multiple ports in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
  • the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first power corresponding to the first port information, the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port, and the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port It is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
  • the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used for determining the first power information, where the first power information is power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in a preset first power information set, where the first bit includes at least one bit; the method further includes: the The terminal device learns a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates: the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, The state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
  • the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the method further includes: the terminal device learning a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates : the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
  • the first port is any port in the first port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the first port set is the the first transmit power of the first port; and/or, the second port is any port in the second port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the second port the first transmit power.
  • the uplink transmission power of the ports in the multiple port sets can also be indicated by the first field, so as to improve the indication efficiency.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device transmits at least one signal on the at least one port by using the at least one first transmit power, respectively.
  • uplink information transmission can be performed based on the uplink transmission power.
  • a method for information indication is provided.
  • the method for information indication may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit provided in the network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the methods indicated by the information include:
  • the network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal device, where the DCI includes a reference signal RS request field and a first field, the reference signal RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, and the reference signal RS request field indicates the RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the first information, the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the second information, wherein the first information is used to determine to send the
  • the time unit of the RS the second information includes at least one piece of power information corresponding to at least one port respectively, and the power information is used to determine the first transmit power.
  • the first field included in the DCI can implement different indication functions according to the state of the RS request field used to indicate the triggered RS resource set, and the first field in the DCI is flexibly defined. function.
  • the first field used to determine the second information includes: the first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively, wherein the The power information includes at least one of the following: the power information is the first transmit power; or, the power information is an offset, and the offset and the second transmit power are used to determine the first transmit power; or, the power information is a differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of the preset port are used to determine the first transmit power; the power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a predefined rule are used to determine the first transmit power,
  • the second transmission power is obtained according to one or more of a predefined rule, a value indicated by high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and the number of ports used for one transmission, and the second field includes the The power control field contained in the DCI.
  • the network device when instructing the terminal device to send no RS resource set, may reuse the first field used to determine the time unit for sending the RS resource set to indicate the uplink transmission power of each port, and when reducing the RS resource set Under the premise of signaling overhead, it is ensured that the power of each port data stream received by the network device is the same, thereby not affecting the uplink spectral efficiency and uplink throughput of the system.
  • the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and includes: the first field includes a first bit, the first One bit is used to determine the first power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, and the first bit includes at least one bit;
  • a field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes: the first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is a preset second power Power information corresponding to the state of the second bit in the power information set, where the second bit includes at least one bit.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine at least one of the following: the preset first power The information set corresponds to the first port, and the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port; or, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, and the second bit corresponds to the second power information set or, the state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the state of the second bit corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
  • the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, including: the first bit state of the first field corresponds to the first Power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, including: the The second bit state of the first field corresponds to indicating the second power information, and the second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset second power information set, wherein the preset second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state.
  • a power information set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine at least one of the following: the preset first power The information set corresponds to the first port, and the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port; or, the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the second bit state corresponds to the power information set in the first power information set.
  • the power information in the second power information set corresponds to.
  • the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information including: the second bit state of the first field indicates the first bit state. Second power information, where the second power information is power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset power information set.
  • the method further includes: the network device sending an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine at least one of the following: the preset power information set The power information of the first port corresponds to the power information of the second port; or the first bit state corresponds to the power information of the first port, and the second bit state corresponds to the power information of the second port. correspond.
  • the information indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can indicate the uplink transmission power of multiple ports in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
  • the first field used to determine at least one power information power corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the power corresponding to the at least one port respectively At least one power information rate is the second transmission power, where the second transmission power is based on a predefined rule, a value indicated by a high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and one of the ports used for one transmission.
  • the second field includes the power control field contained in the DCI.
  • the uplink transmission power of the port may be indicated by the state of the bit included in the first field as the basic uplink transmission power.
  • the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first power corresponding to the first port information, the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port, and the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port It is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
  • the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used for determining the first power information, where the first power information is power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in a preset first power information set, where the first bit includes at least one bit; the method further includes: the The network device sends an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine: the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, and the first power information set corresponds to the first port.
  • the state of one bit corresponds to the power information in the first set of power information.
  • the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in a preset first power information set; the method further includes: the network device sending an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine: the The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
  • the first port is any port in the first port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the first port set is the the first transmit power of the first port; and/or, the second port is any port in the second port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the second port the first transmit power.
  • the uplink transmission power of the ports in the multiple port sets can also be indicated by the first field, so as to improve the indication efficiency.
  • the method further includes: the network device receives at least one signal from the terminal device, and at least one corresponding received power of the at least one signal is the same.
  • a device for indicating information includes:
  • a receiving unit to obtain downlink control information DCI
  • the DCI includes an RS request field and a first field, where the RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, and when the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information; When the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine second information, wherein the first information is used to determine the time unit for sending the RS, and the second information includes at least one port respectively. corresponding at least one piece of power information, where the power information is used to determine the first transmit power;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine, according to the RS request field, that the first field is used to determine the first information or the second information.
  • the first field used to determine the second information includes: the first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively, wherein the The power information includes at least one of the following: the power information is the first transmit power; or, the power information is an offset, and the offset and the second transmit power are used to determine the first transmit power; or, the power information is a differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of the preset port are used to determine the first transmit power; the power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a predefined rule are used to determine the first transmit power,
  • the second transmission power is obtained according to one or more of a predefined rule, a value indicated by high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and the number of ports used for one transmission, and the second field includes the The power control field contained in the DCI.
  • the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and includes: the first field includes a first bit, the first One bit is used to determine the first power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, and the first bit includes at least one bit;
  • a field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes: the first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is a preset second power Power information corresponding to the state of the second bit in the power information set, where the second bit includes at least one bit.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: acquire a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates that the first power information set is related to the first power information set. corresponding to a port, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, the second bit corresponds to the second power information set, the The state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the state of the second bit corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
  • the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, and the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, including: the first bit state of the first field indicates that the first Power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, including: the first The second bit state of a field indicates the second power information, and the second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset second power information set, wherein the preset first power information The set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: acquire a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates that the preset first power information set is The first port corresponds, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, the second bit state corresponds to the The power information in the second power information set corresponds to.
  • the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information including: the second bit state of the first field indicates the second bit state Power information, where the second power information is power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset power information set.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: acquire a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates that the preset power information set is related to the The power information corresponding to the first port, the power information corresponding to the second port in the preset power information set, the first bit state corresponding to the power information of the first port, and the second bit state and Corresponding power information of the second port.
  • the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine at least one corresponding to the at least one port.
  • a piece of power information is the second transmission power, wherein the second transmission power is configured according to a predefined rule, configured through high-layer signaling and/or a value indicated by the second field, and one of the number of ports used for one transmission or Multiple acquisitions, the second field includes the power control field contained in the DCI.
  • the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first power corresponding to the first port information, the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port, and the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port It is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
  • the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used for Determine the first power information, where the first power information is power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, where the first bit includes at least one bit; the processing unit is further configured to : obtains a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates: the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, the The state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first set of power information.
  • the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the processing unit is further configured to: acquire a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates: The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
  • the first port is any port in the first port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the first port set is the the first transmit power of the first port; and/or, the second port is any port in the second port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the second port the first transmit power.
  • the apparatus further includes:
  • a sending unit using the at least one first sending power to send at least one signal on the at least one port respectively.
  • a device for indicating information includes:
  • a processing unit configured to determine downlink control information DCI, where the DCI includes a reference signal RS request field and a first field, the reference signal RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, and the reference signal RS request field indicates an RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the first information, the second field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the second information, wherein the first information is used to determine to send the The time unit of the RS, the second information includes at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively, and the power information is used to determine the first transmit power;
  • a sending unit configured to send the DCI to the terminal device.
  • the first field used to determine the second information includes: the first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port, wherein the The power information includes at least one of the following: the power information is the first transmit power; or, the power information is an offset, and the offset and the second transmit power are used to determine the first transmit power; or, the power information is a differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of the preset port are used to determine the first transmit power; the power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a predefined rule are used to determine the first transmit power,
  • the second transmission power is obtained according to one or more of a predefined rule, a value indicated by high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and the number of ports used for one transmission, and the second field includes the The power control field contained in the DCI.
  • the first field used to determine the at least one power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and includes: the first field includes a first bit, the first One bit is used to determine the first power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, and the first bit includes at least one bit;
  • a field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes: the first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is a preset second power Power information corresponding to the state of the second bit in the power information set, where the second bit includes at least one bit.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine at least one of the following:
  • the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port; or, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, and the second bit corresponds to The second power information set corresponds to; or, the state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the state of the second bit corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
  • the first field used to determine the at least one power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, including: the first bit state of the first field corresponds to the first Power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, including: the The second bit state of the first field corresponds to indicating the second power information, and the second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset second power information set, wherein the preset second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state.
  • a power information set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine at least one of the following:
  • the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port; or the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, The second bit state corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
  • the first field used to determine the at least one power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information including: the second bit state of the first field indicates the first bit state. Second power information, where the second power information is power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset power information set.
  • the first field used to determine at least one power information power corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the power corresponding to the at least one port respectively At least one power information rate is the second transmission power, where the second transmission power is based on a predefined rule, a value indicated by a high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and one of the ports used for one transmission.
  • the second field includes the power control field contained in the DCI.
  • the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first power corresponding to the first port information, the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port, and the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port It is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
  • the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used for Determine the first power information, where the first power information is power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, where the first bit includes at least one bit; the sending unit further uses In: sending an association relationship to the terminal device, the association relationship is used to determine: the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, the first power information set corresponds to The state of one bit corresponds to the power information in the first set of power information.
  • the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the sending unit is further configured to: send an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine: the The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
  • the first port is any port in the first port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the first port set is the the first transmit power of the first port; and/or, the second port is any port in the second port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the second port the first transmit power.
  • the apparatus further includes:
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive at least one signal from the terminal device, and at least one corresponding received power of the at least one signal is the same.
  • an apparatus for indicating information includes a processor for implementing the functions of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect above.
  • the apparatus indicated by the information may further include a memory coupled to the processor, where the processor is configured to implement the function of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect above.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect above.
  • the apparatus indicated by the information may further include a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for the apparatus indicated by the information to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit, or the like.
  • the device indicated by the information includes: a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the device indicated by the information implements any one of the methods described in the first aspect;
  • the processor communicates with the outside using the communication interface.
  • the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the apparatus.
  • the device indicated by the information is a chip or a system of chips.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
  • a sixth aspect provides an apparatus for information indication, where the apparatus for information indication includes a processor for implementing the function of the network device in the method described in the second aspect above.
  • the apparatus for indicating information may further include a memory coupled to the processor, where the processor is configured to implement the functions of the network device in the methods described in the second aspect and the fourth aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the function of the network device in the method described in the second aspect above.
  • the apparatus for information indication may further include a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for the apparatus for information indication to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit, or the like.
  • the means for indicating information includes: a processor and a communication interface
  • the processor communicates with the outside using the communication interface
  • the processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the apparatus for information indication implements any one of the methods described in the second aspect above.
  • the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the apparatus.
  • the means for indicating information is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer executes the methods described in the above aspects.
  • the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the methods described in the above aspects.
  • a communication system including the apparatus for information indication shown in the third aspect and the apparatus for information indication shown in the fourth aspect.
  • a chip device including a processing circuit, which is used to call and run a program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip device can perform any one of the above-mentioned first and second aspects. method in the implementation.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for information indication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 300 for indicating information provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 400 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 500 for indicating information provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 600 suitable for this embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the communication system may also be a public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, an object Internet of Things (IoT) communication system or other communication system.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • IoT object Internet of Things
  • the terminal equipment (terminal equipment) in the embodiments of the present application may refer to an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile station Device, user terminal (user terminal), user equipment (UE), terminal (terminal), wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment.
  • UAV unmanned aerial vehicle
  • UE user equipment
  • terminal terminal equipment
  • wireless communication device user agent or user equipment.
  • the terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminals in the future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN)
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • a wearable device may also be referred to as a wearable smart device, which is a general term for intelligently designing daily wearable devices and developing wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Interconnection, the intelligent network of the interconnection of things and things.
  • the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, a narrow band (narrow band, NB) technology.
  • NB narrow band
  • the terminal device may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations, and the main functions include collecting data (part of terminal devices), receiving control information and downlink data of network devices, and sending electromagnetic waves. , to transmit uplink data to the network device.
  • sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations
  • the main functions include collecting data (part of terminal devices), receiving control information and downlink data of network devices, and sending electromagnetic waves. , to transmit uplink data to the network device.
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with a wireless transceiver function that is used to communicate with a terminal device.
  • the device includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC) , base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B Node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • base transceiver station base transceiver station
  • BTS home base station
  • the gNB in the NR system can also be a 5G system, such as, The gNB in the NR system, or the transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or, it can also be a network node that constitutes the gNB or transmission point, Such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) and so on.
  • BBU baseband unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to a central unit (central unit, CU) or DU, or the network device includes a CU and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing functions of radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, therefore, in this architecture, the higher-layer signaling, such as the RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU. , or, sent by DU+AAU.
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the CU can be further divided into a central unit of the control plane (CU-CP) and a central unit of the user plane (CU-UP).
  • CU-CP and CU-UP can also be deployed on different physical devices
  • CU-CP is responsible for control plane functions, mainly including RRC layer and PDCP-C layer.
  • the PDCP-C layer is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of control plane data, integrity protection, and data transmission.
  • CU-UP is responsible for user plane functions, mainly including SDAP layer and PDCP-U layer.
  • the SDAP layer is mainly responsible for processing the data of the core network and mapping the flow to the bearer.
  • the PDCP-U layer is mainly responsible for at least one function of data plane encryption and decryption, integrity protection, header compression, serial number maintenance, and data transmission.
  • the CU-CP and the CU-UP are connected through a communication interface (eg, an E1 interface).
  • CU-CP represents that network equipment is connected to core network equipment through a communication interface (eg, Ng interface), and is connected to DU through a communication interface (eg, F1-C (control plane) interface).
  • the CU-UP is connected to the DU through a communication interface (eg, F1-U (user plane) interface).
  • the PDCP-C layer is also included in the CU-UP.
  • the network device mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a device including a CU, or a DU, or a device including a CU and a DU, or a control plane CU node (CU-CP node), a user plane CU node (CU-UP node), and a DU Node's device.
  • CU-CP node control plane CU node
  • CU-UP node user plane CU node
  • DU Node's device a device including a CU, or a DU, or a control plane CU node (CU-CP node), a user plane CU node (CU-UP node), and a DU Node's device.
  • Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle; can also be deployed on water; can also be deployed in the air on aircraft, balloons or satellites.
  • the scenarios in which the network device and the terminal device are located are not limited.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • This hardware layer includes hardware such as central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or medium.
  • computer readable media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable storage medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1 ; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may communicate via a wireless link.
  • Each communication device, such as the network device 110 or the terminal device 120 may be configured with at least one antenna.
  • the configured at least one antenna may include at least one transmit antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receive antenna for receiving signals.
  • communication between various communication devices in the communication system 100 such as between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120, may be communicated through a multi-antenna technology.
  • the network device 110 may communicate with the terminal device 120 .
  • Terminal device 120 may receive data channels, control channels from network device 110.
  • the terminal device 120 may send the feedback information of the data channel to the network device 110, for example, send a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ-ACK) information, and the HARQ-ACK information may include a positive acknowledgment (acknowledgement, ACK), a negative Acknowledgment (negative-acknowledgement, NACK) or other state information, etc.
  • HARQ-ACK hybrid automatic repeat request
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for easy understanding, and the communication system 100 may also include other network devices, such as a wireless relay device and a wireless backhaul device, or the communication system 100 may also include other network devices. Terminal equipment, not shown in Figure 1.
  • the communication system 100 may further include a core network device, and the network device 110 may be connected to the core network device in a wireless or wired manner.
  • the core network device and the network device 110 may be independent and different physical devices, or the functions of the core network device and the logical functions of the network device 110 may be integrated on the same physical device, or part of a physical device may be integrated.
  • the functions of the core network equipment and part of the functions of the network equipment 110 may be integrated.
  • PUSCH transmission supports two transmission schemes: codebook-based transmission and non-codebook-based transmission.
  • the terminal device can perform channel measurement according to the sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS) sent by the network device.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the network device configures one or more SRS resource sets for the terminal device through the SRS-ResourceSet (or other high-level parameters), and each SRS resource set contains parameter usages (for example, the parameter usages include: codebook, Non-codebook (nonCodebook), beam management (beamManagement) and antenna switching (antennaSwitching) are used to determine the function of the SRS resource set.
  • codebook corresponds to codebook-based uplink transmission
  • nonCodebook corresponds to non-codebook-based uplink transmission
  • beamManagement corresponds to beam management
  • antennaSwitching corresponds to antenna switching.
  • the network device obtains uplink (or downlink) channel information according to the received SRS, and performs data scheduling according to the channel information.
  • the 15th (release15, R15) protocol and the 16th (release16, R16) protocol stipulate that the calculation method of the transmit power of the PUSCH is as follows:
  • P CMAX,f,c (i) is the maximum transmit power configured by the terminal
  • P O_PUSCH,b,f,c (j) is the static working point of the base station
  • PL b,f,c (q d ) is the downlink path loss
  • ⁇ b, f, c (j) is the path loss compensation factor
  • ⁇ TF ,b,f,c (i) reflects the influence of code rate on transmit power
  • f b, f, c (i, l) is the power control adjustment amount introduced by the transmit power control (transmit power control, TPC) command.
  • the TPC field is used to indicate the power control adjustment of the uplink information, and the network device performs closed-loop adjustment of the power allocation based on the power control value indicated by the high-level parameter through the TPC field. It should be noted that in the NR communication system, the upstream 4 streams and below are all multiplexed on the same codeword. Therefore, for the scenario of 4 streams and below, only the same MCS can be selected for the data of all the scheduled streams.
  • the power calculated according to the above formula is the total transmission power of the PUSCH, and the power of each port is the average distribution of the total power in each port.
  • SRS and PUSCH use similar power control methods, and the terminal equipment will equally distribute the transmission power P SRS,b,f,c (i,q s ,l) to the antenna ports configured for the SRS.
  • the terminal device determines the SRS transmission by the following formula P SRS,b,f,c (i,q s ,l):
  • P CMAX,f,c (i) is the maximum output power of one SRS transmission i configured by the terminal equipment on the carrier f of the serving cell c;
  • P O_SRS,b,f,c (q s ) is the SRS power that the network device wants to obtain, which is configured by the parameter p0 in the SRS-ResourceSet;
  • M SRS,b,f,c (i) is the SRS bandwidth
  • ⁇ SRS,b,f,c (q s ) is the path loss compensation factor, which is configured by the parameter alpha in SRS-ResourceSet;
  • PL b,f,c (q d ) is the downlink path loss estimation, which is measured by the path loss reference signal configured in the SRS-ResourceSet;
  • h b,f,c (i,l) is the closed-loop power adjustment, which is indicated by downlink control information (DCI).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the SRS and PUSCH can be jointly controlled for power, that is, the power adjustment amount of the SRS and the power adjustment amount of the PUSCH are indicated by the TPC field of the same DCI; or,
  • the power control of the SRS can also be performed independently.
  • the TPC command of the SRS is sent to the terminal device through the DCI format 2_3 carried on the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • the PUCCH and the PUSCH use a similar power control method to calculate the uplink power, and reference may be made to the introduction of the current related technology, which is not limited in this application.
  • aperiodic SRS aperiodic SRS
  • AP-SRS aperiodic SRS
  • SRS aperiodic sounding reference signal
  • a state is used to trigger 0, one or more SRS resource sets configured, as shown in Table 1:
  • a port may refer to a transmit antenna port.
  • the reference signal of each port may be an unprecoded reference signal, or a precoding obtained by precoding the reference signal based on a delay vector.
  • Coded reference signal; port can also refer to the reference signal port after beamforming, for example, the reference signal of each port can be a precoded reference signal obtained by precoding the reference signal based on an angle vector, or it can be based on A precoded reference signal obtained by precoding the reference signal with an angle vector and a delay vector.
  • the signal of each port can be transmitted through one or more radio bearers (RBs).
  • RBs radio bearers
  • the transmit antenna port may refer to an actual independent transmit unit (transceiver unit, TxRU). It can be understood that if spatial domain precoding is performed on the reference signal, the number of ports may refer to the number of reference signal ports, and the number of reference signal ports may be smaller than the number of transmit antenna ports.
  • TxRU transmit unit
  • the channel transmitted through one antenna port on one symbol can be obtained by inference from the channel transmitted through the same antenna port on another symbol.
  • transmit antenna ports when referring to transmit antenna ports, it may refer to the number of ports that are not subjected to spatial precoding. That is, it is the actual number of independent transmission units.
  • a port when referring to a port, in different embodiments, it may refer to a transmit antenna port or a reference signal port. The specific meaning expressed by the port can be determined according to the specific embodiment.
  • the large-scale parameters of the channels corresponding to different ports are different, that is, the two ports
  • the corresponding channels can be denoted as h 1 and ⁇ h 2 ( ⁇ 1), respectively.
  • the received signal of the network device is:
  • the transmit power between different ports is evenly distributed. It can be seen from the above formula that due to the existence of ⁇ at a specific moment, the signals sent by different ports received by the network device side There is a large signal power difference between the two data streams, which leads to a large difference in the signal interference noise ratio (SINR) of the data streams corresponding to different ports.
  • SINR signal interference noise ratio
  • Scheme, MCS are different.
  • the PUSCH transmission network device involved in the current technology indicates the modulation mode of the PUSCH and the code rate of the channel coding to the terminal device through the MCS. For example, when the uplink channel quality is better (eg, when the SINR is high), the network device can increase the MCS to increase the uplink rate. In addition, the network device will also adjust the MCS according to the initial transmission block error rate (BLER) of the PUSCH. When the BLER exceeds a certain threshold, the MCS is reduced, and when the BLER is lower than a certain threshold, the MCS is increased, so that the BLER Maintain it at a certain level, say 10%, to maximize the upstream rate.
  • BLER initial transmission block error rate
  • the uplink data or uplink signals involved in the embodiments of the present application include PUSCH, PUCCH, SRS, and the like.
  • the uplink multi-antenna transmission signal involved in the current technology will bring the following problems:
  • the above-mentioned manner of transmitting signals with multiple antennas in the uplink may not be conducive to improving the uplink throughput of the communication system on the one hand, and waste the transmit power corresponding to the port with high receiving power on the other hand.
  • Single-port transmission is used, that is, only one antenna port transmits at the same time.
  • select an antenna with a small path loss for uplink transmission Due to internal circuit occlusion and other factors, the uplink transmit signal of some antennas will be strongly attenuated. Selecting an antenna with a small path loss for uplink transmission can avoid sending uplink signals on the blocked antenna.
  • NR communication systems support multi-input multi-output (MIMO) to improve spectral efficiency, throughput and system capacity. Adopting this single-port transmission mode limits the number of data streams of the uplink MIMO, thereby limiting the improvement of the uplink spectral efficiency and the uplink throughput.
  • MIMO multi-input multi-output
  • a method for transmitting signals with multiple antennas is also provided: the network device side, according to the measured signal power of each port of the terminal device, uses TPC commands to increase the transmit power of the port with low signal power received by the network device, or reduce the network device's receiving power. The transmit power of the port with high signal power received, so that the power of each port received by the network device is balanced.
  • the TPC command is 2 bits, corresponding to 4 power adjustment quantities, which are used to close-loop adjust the primary transmit power of the terminal device.
  • TPC time-to-live
  • the current power control adjustment amount is the sum of the power control adjustment amounts corresponding to the current and previous TPC commands
  • the absolute value type the current power control adjustment
  • the control adjustment amount is the power control adjustment amount corresponding to the current TPC command. If the newly added field is used to indicate the power increase or decrease value of different ports, the DCI overhead will increase.
  • TPC command field cumulative absolute value 0 -1 -4 1 0 -1 2 1 1 3 3 4
  • the present application provides a method for information indication.
  • the power control value corresponding to each port of the terminal device is implicitly or explicitly indicated by the indication information, so that after the signals transmitted by different ports (or port sets) pass through channels with different channel states (such as corresponding channel large-scale parameter information), the network device
  • the received signal power of different ports (or port sets) is balanced, thereby improving the uplink throughput, or reducing the power consumption of the terminal on the premise of ensuring a certain throughput.
  • the embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be executed to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute a program.
  • to indicate may be understood as “enable”, and “enable” may include direct enabling and indirect enabling.
  • Enable When describing that a certain information enables A, it may include that the information directly enables A or indirectly enables A, but it does not mean that the information must carry A.
  • the information enabled by the information is called the information to be enabled.
  • the information to be enabled can be directly enabled.
  • the information to be enabled may also be indirectly enabled by enabling other information, where there is an associated relationship between the other information and the information to be enabled. It is also possible to enable only a part of the information to be enabled, while other parts of the information to be enabled are known or agreed in advance.
  • the enabling of specific information may also be implemented by means of a pre-agreed (for example, a protocol stipulated) arrangement order of various information, thereby reducing enabling overhead to a certain extent.
  • the common part of each information can also be identified and enabled in a unified manner, so as to reduce the enabling overhead caused by enabling the same information separately.
  • the first, second and various numerical numbers (for example, "#1", “#2”, etc.) shown in this application are only for the convenience of description and are used for distinguishing objects and are not used to limit the present application. Scope of application examples. For example, distinguish between different indication information and so on. It is not intended to describe a particular order or sequence. It should be understood that the objects so described may be interchanged under appropriate circumstances so as to be able to describe solutions other than the embodiments of the present application.
  • preset may include predefined definitions, eg, protocol definitions.
  • pre-definition can be achieved by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment or network equipment), and this application does not make specific implementation methods. limited.
  • the "storage” involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to being stored in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be set separately, or may be integrated in an encoder or a decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the one or more memories may also be partially provided separately and partially integrated in the decoder, processor, or communication device.
  • the type of memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
  • the "protocols” involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, such as 5G protocols, new radio (NR) protocols, and related protocols applied in future communication systems.
  • the application is not limited.
  • control channel may include other physical layer control channels such as PDCCH, enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH), etc., but for the convenience of description, the following terms or concepts only refer to PDCCH.
  • PDCCH enhanced physical downlink control channel
  • EPDCCH enhanced physical downlink control channel
  • the downlink control channel is the physical downlink control channel PDCCH as an example for description, but this does not constitute a limitation to the embodiments of the present application. In fact, the downlink control channel may also be defined as other terms or concepts. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are all applicable. In this embodiment of the present application, the downlink control channel and the PDCCH may be used alternately, and the PDCCH can be considered as an example description of the downlink control channel.
  • the uplink shared channel PUSCH is used as an example for description in the embodiments of the present application, but does not constitute a limitation to the embodiments of the present application. In fact, the uplink shared channel may also be defined as other terms or concepts. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are applicable. In the embodiments of the present application, the uplink shared channel and the PUSCH may be used alternately, and the PUSCH can be considered as an example description of the uplink shared channel.
  • the method for providing information indication in this embodiment of the present application may be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 . It should be understood that the method for providing information indication in this embodiment of the present application may also be applied to other communication systems, and details are not described herein again.
  • the steps performed by the receiver refer to the following terminal equipment, and the steps performed by the sender refer to the following network equipment.
  • the transmission between the sender and the receiver can be performed by radio waves. Transmission can also be transmitted through transmission media such as visible light, laser, infrared, optical fiber, etc., which will not be described in detail below.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for information indication provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes at least some of the following steps:
  • the terminal device acquires DCI.
  • the network device sends DCI to the terminal device (or the terminal device receives DCI from the network device).
  • the DCI includes an RS request field and a first field, where the RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, or in other words, the RS request field is used to determine the RS to be sent by the terminal device.
  • the RS request field may be, for example, an SRS request field.
  • the RS request field can also be described as the RS request field. It should be noted that the name of the RS request field is used as an example and does not constitute a limitation to this application. With the evolution of the standard, other names may be used to describe the RS request field, and other names used to describe the essence of the RS request field should fall into the scope of protection of this application.
  • the following description takes the RS request field as the sounding reference signal SRS request field and the RS resource set as the SRS resource set as an example for description, but the name is not limited in this application.
  • the SRS request field and the first field may be two different fields in the DCI; also for example, the SRS request field and the first field may be two parts of a certain field in the DCI.
  • the terminal device after receiving the DCI, the terminal device determines that the first field is used to determine the first information or the second information according to the state of the SRS request field carried in the DCI.
  • the method shown in FIG. 2 The process also includes:
  • the terminal device determines, according to the state of the SRS request field, that the first field is used to determine the first information or the second information.
  • the indication function of the first field in the DCI in this application varies according to the state of the SRS request field. For example, when the SRS request field indicates that an SRS resource set (eg, an aperiodic SRS resource set) is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information, and when the SRS request field indicates that no SRS resource set is triggered, the first field is used for determining the second information.
  • an SRS resource set eg, an aperiodic SRS resource set
  • the first information and the second information are different.
  • the first information is used to determine a time unit for sending an SRS (eg, a triggered aperiodic SRS).
  • an SRS eg, a triggered aperiodic SRS
  • the first information may be an available time unit for sending the SRS resource set
  • the first information may also be a time offset between the time unit in which the SRS is sent and the time unit where the DCI used to trigger the SRS resource set is located.
  • the first information when used to determine the time unit for sending the SRS, it may be understood that the first field indicates the time unit for sending the SRS; or,
  • the first field indicates the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to the description in the current related art, and may also refer to the description in the related art in the future communication technology, which is not limited in this application.
  • the SRS request field in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 can be understood as the SRS request filed shown in Table 1 above, and the SRS request field is not limited in this application, and the description in the current related art can be referred to.
  • the SRS request field includes 2 bits, and there are four states “00", "01", “10", and "11” in total.
  • the state of the SRS request field is "00"
  • the status of the SRS request field is "01", "10” and "11” indicating that the SRS resource set is triggered.
  • no SRS resource set is triggered can also be understood as no SRS resource set needs to be sent, indicating that the SRS resource set is triggered can also be understood as sending an SRS resource set.
  • the indication information used to indicate the triggered SRS resource set is called the SRS request field, which is just an example, and does not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of this application. Others can be used to indicate the triggered SRS resource set.
  • the indication information of the SRS resource set is also within the protection scope of this application.
  • the first field is a separate field in the DCI (for example, a newly added or defined field) used to indicate the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS;
  • the first field is a separate bit (for example, a new or defined bit) in the DCI used to indicate the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS;
  • the first field is a state newly added to an existing field in the DCI, and the newly added state indicates information used to indicate the time unit for determining the transmission of the SRS;
  • the first field is to re-interpret the existing field in the DCI, so that the existing field is used to indicate the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS;
  • the first field is to re-interpret the existing bits in the DCI, so that the existing bits are used to indicate the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS;
  • the first field is to re-interpret the state of an existing bit or field in the DCI, so that the state is used to indicate the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS.
  • time unit involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a time unit such as a time slot, a mini-slot, a half-slot, a subframe, a half-frame, a frame, or a symbol.
  • time units may be replaced by time slots.
  • the second information includes at least one piece of power information corresponding to at least one port respectively, and the at least one piece of power information is respectively used to determine the first transmit power of the at least one port.
  • the above-mentioned first field indicating the second information may be understood as the first field indicating at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively.
  • the first transmission power may be referred to as uplink transmission power.
  • the first transmission power and the uplink transmission power appearing hereinafter may be replaced with each other.
  • the second information may also be used to determine power control parameters of different TRPs in multiple TRP scenarios.
  • the second information may also be used to determine the frequency resource allocation of the UE (for example, a RedCap UE);
  • the second information is used to determine a bandwidth part (BWP) in which the UE is activated.
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • the second information may also be used to indicate a slot format indication (slot format indication, SFI) index;
  • the second information is used to indicate that the time slot F with insufficient uplink (UL) symbols is changed to the time slot F with more UL symbols, or the time slot U;
  • the second information may also be used to indicate carrier switching.
  • This application mainly relates to how the first field is used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port when the SRS request field indicates that no SRS resource set is triggered.
  • how the first field is used to determine other information may refer to the manner in which the first field indicates the power information, or may also refer to the manner of indicating other information capable of realizing this function, which will not be repeated in this application.
  • the at least one power information corresponds to at least one port.
  • the first field is used to determine the power information of the three ports
  • the first field is used to determine the three power information respectively
  • the three power information corresponds to the three ports.
  • the three pieces of power information are respectively used to determine the first transmit power of the three ports.
  • the ports involved in the embodiments of the present application are used to send uplink information (or uplink signals), including antenna ports or SRS ports.
  • port a is port i
  • port a is a port group consisting of multiple different port i.
  • the value of the first transmit power may be a decibel value or an absolute power value.
  • the uplink information is uplink data information PUSCH, or uplink control information physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH), or uplink signal SRS.
  • PUSCH uplink data information
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • SRS uplink signal
  • the power information is used to determine the uplink transmission power (the power information is any one of the above-mentioned at least one power information, and the uplink transmission power is the uplink transmission power corresponding to the power information in the above-mentioned at least one uplink transmission power) including:
  • Possibility 1 The power information is the uplink transmission power.
  • the first field is used to determine first power information corresponding to the first port, where the first power information is the first uplink transmission power corresponding to the first port.
  • association relationship between the uplink transmission power of a certain port and the indication state of the first field.
  • the association relationship is pre-defined by a protocol or pre-configured by a network device, and may be referred to as a preset association relationship.
  • the terminal device knows the correlation between the uplink transmission power of a certain port and the indication state of the first field, and can determine the uplink transmission power of the port when it knows the indication state of the first field.
  • the above-mentioned association relationship is predefined.
  • the protocol predefines the association relationship between the uplink transmission power value of the port that sends the uplink information and the identifier of the port.
  • the above-mentioned association relationship is indicated by the network device.
  • the network device indicates the association relationship between the uplink transmission power value of the port sending the uplink information and the identifier of the port.
  • the association relationship indicated by the network device may be the same or different.
  • the association relationship indicated by the network device is different; for example, for ports identified by different groups, the association relationship indicated by the network device is different.
  • the predefined association relationship is used to determine the following corresponding relationship:
  • a certain state in the first field corresponds to the first power information
  • the first power information corresponds to port i
  • the state in the first field corresponds to port i.
  • the terminal device can determine that the state of the first field indicates that the uplink transmission power value of port i is the first power information according to the predefined association relationship and after learning the state of the first field.
  • port i is the i-th port of the terminal device, or the i+1-th port.
  • i is predefined, or i is configured by the network device through signaling (eg, RRC), or i is indicated by the network device through downlink information (eg, DCI).
  • the first power information is predefined, or the first power information is configured by the network device through signaling (eg, RRC). For example, if the first power information is equal to 0, it indicates that the uplink transmission power on the port is 0. For another example, the first power information is one of the sets ⁇ 0, X1, . . . , Xn ⁇ , and the first field indicates that a certain value in the set is the first power information.
  • the power information is an offset, and the offset and the basic uplink transmission power (also referred to as the second transmission power) are used to determine the uplink transmission power.
  • the second field includes the transmission power control field TPC command contained in the DCI, or the second field may be DCI and other fields used to determine the second transmit power.
  • the basic uplink transmission power is determined based on the total transmission power of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and at least one port.
  • the network device indicates to the terminal device the open-loop power control parameters for uplink information transmission (eg, the above-mentioned PO_PUSCH,b,f,c ( j), PLb,f, c (qd) , ⁇ b, f, c (j) and ⁇ TF, b, f, c (i));
  • the network equipment indicates the closed-loop power control parameters for the terminal equipment through the DCI carried on the PDCCH (for example, the above f b ,f,c (i,l)).
  • the DCI includes: DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, or information in DCI format 2_3 (eg, the above-mentioned TPC command).
  • the indications of the open-loop power control parameters and the closed-loop power control parameters are in units of one PUSCH transmission, and the transmission power of one PUSCH is evenly distributed on each port. Therefore, in a PUSCH transmission, the transmit power on each port is the same.
  • the basic uplink transmission power involved in the embodiments of the present application satisfies the following formula:
  • Basic uplink transmission power total transmit power of one PUSCH transmission/total number of ports with non-zero power used for this PUSCH transmission.
  • the uplink transmission power corresponding to a certain port is determined according to the basic uplink transmission power and the offset corresponding to the port.
  • the uplink transmission power corresponding to the port, the basic uplink transmission power and the offset corresponding to the port are determined.
  • the amount satisfies the following formula:
  • Uplink transmission power basic uplink transmission power + offset.
  • the above basic uplink transmission power calculation method is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application mainly relate to how to adjust the uplink transmission power when the current scheme for calculating the uplink transmission power cannot meet the receiving power requirement of the network device.
  • the terminal device can determine the uplink transmission power of the port according to the port identifier and the association relationship.
  • the association relationship is pre-defined by a protocol or pre-configured by a network device, and may be referred to as a preset association relationship.
  • the above-mentioned association relationship is predefined.
  • the protocol predefines the association relationship between the uplink transmission power value of the port that sends the uplink information and the identifier of the port.
  • the above-mentioned association relationship is indicated by the network device.
  • the association relationship indicated by the network device may be the same or different.
  • the association relationship indicated by the network device is different; for example, for ports identified by different groups, the association relationship indicated by the network device is different.
  • the predefined association relationship is used to determine the following corresponding relationship:
  • a certain state in the first field corresponds to the first offset, the first offset corresponds to port i, and the state in the first field corresponds to port i.
  • port i is the i-th port of the terminal device, or the i+1-th port.
  • i is predefined, or i is configured by the network device through signaling (eg, RRC), or i is indicated by the network device through downlink information (eg, DCI).
  • the possible values of the first offset are predefined, or the possible values of the first offset are configured by the network device through signaling (eg, RRC).
  • the first offset is equal to 0, indicating that the port does not need to perform power offset.
  • the first offset may be a positive value X, indicating that the port needs to perform power boost compensation.
  • the first offset may be a negative value -X, indicating that the port needs to perform power reduction.
  • X can be a decibel value or an absolute power value.
  • the first offset may be one of a set ⁇ 0, X1, . . . , Xn ⁇ , and the first field may indicate that a certain value in the set is the first offset.
  • the possible value of the first offset includes 3dB, which means that the power of the port needs to be doubled.
  • the possible value of the first offset includes -3dB, which means that the power of the port needs to be reduced by half.
  • the power information is the differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of the preset port are used to determine the uplink transmission power.
  • the first field is used to determine first power information corresponding to the first port, where the first power information is the first differential power offset, and the first uplink transmission power corresponding to the first port is based on the first differential power offset and
  • the transmit power of a preset port is determined.
  • the preset port is predefined or indicated by the network device, and the transmission power of the preset port can be calculated according to the current transmission power calculation method, or can also be calculated in other ways.
  • the game preset The manner of determining the transmit power of the port is not limited.
  • the uplink transmission power corresponding to the port the transmit power of the preset port, and the differential power offset corresponding to the port satisfy the following formula:
  • Uplink transmission power transmit power of the preset port + differential power offset.
  • the possible values of the differential power offset are predefined, or the possible values of the differential power offset are configured by the network device through signaling (eg, RRC).
  • the differential power offset is equal to 0, it means that the port has the same transmit power value as the preset port.
  • the differential power offset may be a positive value X, indicating that the port needs to perform power boosting based on the transmit power of the preset port.
  • the differential power offset may be a negative value -X, indicating that the port needs to be reduced based on the transmit power of the preset port.
  • X can be a decibel value or an absolute power value.
  • the differential power offset may be one of the sets ⁇ 0, X1, . . . , Xn ⁇ , and the first field may indicate that a certain value in the set is the differential power offset. For example, if the possible value of the differential power offset includes 3dB, it means that the power of the port needs to be doubled based on the transmit power of the preset port; for another example, if the possible value of the differential power offset includes -3dB, it means that the The power of the port needs to be reduced by half based on the transmit power of the preset port.
  • the power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a preset power calculation formula are used to determine the uplink transmission power.
  • the uplink transmission power of each port is obtained according to the preset power calculation formula and the value of the independent variable.
  • the preset power calculation formula includes the sum of the power values on all ports used for this PUSCH transmission and whose power is not 0, and/or the power difference between all the ports used for this PUSCH transmission and whose power is not 0 difference value.
  • the preset power calculation formula includes the sum of the power values on all ports that are used for this PUSCH transmission and whose power is not 0, and also includes the power difference between all the ports that are used for this PUSCH transmission and whose power is not 0. satisfied relationship.
  • the association relationship is that the power on the port used for the current PUSCH transmission and whose power is not 0 is equal to the value obtained by subtracting the power information (the value indicated in the first field).
  • the first field includes at least one bit
  • the power information of each port is indicated by its corresponding bit
  • the power information corresponding to a certain port is the power information corresponding to the bit state in the power information set corresponding to the port.
  • the terminal device may determine the power information of the port corresponding to the bit according to the state of the bit in the first field.
  • bit included in the first field indicates two pieces of power information corresponding to two ports as an example for description.
  • the first field used to determine at least one uplink transmission power corresponding to at least one port respectively includes:
  • the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port;
  • the first field includes a first bit, the first bit is used to determine the first power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, and the first bit includes at least one bit;
  • the first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, the second power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the second bit in the preset second power information set, and the second bit includes at least one bit.
  • the preset first power information set and the preset second power information set are predefined by the protocol or preconfigured by the network device, the state of the first bit refers to the bit state of the first bit, and the state of the second bit The state refers to the bit state of the second bit.
  • the network device pre-configuration involved in this application may be pre-configured by the network device through a high-layer signaling RRC message, or pre-configured through a high-layer signaling MAC control element (MAC control element, MAC CE).
  • MAC control element MAC CE
  • the preset first power information set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set, or the preset first power information set and the preset second power information set
  • the sets are two different sets of power information configured respectively.
  • the terminal device learns the preset association relationship (such as the association relationship predefined by the protocol, or receives the association relationship from the network device), and specifically, the association relationship indicates the following corresponding relationship :
  • the preset first set of power information corresponds to the first port
  • the preset second set of power information corresponds to the second port
  • the first bit corresponds to the first set of power information (or the first bit corresponds to the first set of power information). port)
  • the second bit corresponds to the second power information set (or the second bit corresponds to the second port)
  • the state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set
  • the second The state of the bit corresponds to the power information in the second set of power information.
  • the power information is used as an example for the offset:
  • port #1 corresponds to offset set #1
  • port #2 corresponds to offset set #2
  • offset set #1 includes ⁇ offset #1, offset #2 ⁇
  • offset Quantity set #2 includes ⁇ offset #3, offset #4 ⁇ .
  • the first field includes two bits (bit #1 and bit #2), bit #1 corresponds to port #1 and bit #2 corresponds to port #2.
  • the offset set corresponding to each port may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device.
  • the protocol pre-defined offset set #1 and offset set #2 also for example, the network device pre-configures the offset set #1 and offset set #2; also for example, the protocol pre-defined offset set #1, network device pre-configured offset set #2.
  • the association relationship between each port and the offset set may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device.
  • the protocol predefined port #1 corresponds to the offset set #1
  • port #2 corresponds to the offset set #2
  • the network device pre-configured port #1 corresponds to the offset set #1
  • port #2 corresponds to the offset set #1. Shift Set #2.
  • the association relationship between the bits included in the first field and the ports may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device.
  • the protocol pre-defines that bit #1 included in the first field corresponds to port #1, and bit #2 included in the first field corresponds to port #2; for example, the network device preconfigures that bit #1 included in the first field corresponds to Port #1, bit #2 included in the first field corresponds to port #2.
  • the association relationship between the state of the bit corresponding to the port included in the first field and the offset in the offset set corresponding to the port may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device.
  • the protocol predefined bit #1 status is “0" corresponding to offset #1
  • bit #2 status is “0” corresponding to offset #3
  • bit #1 status is "1” corresponding to offset #2
  • the status of bit #2 is "1” corresponding to offset #4; for example, the network device pre-configured bit #1 status is "0” corresponding to offset #1, and the status of bit #2 is "0” corresponding to offset # 3.
  • the status of bit #1 is “1” corresponding to offset #2, and the status of bit #2 is "1" corresponding to offset #4.
  • the uplink transmission powers of port #1 and port #2 may be determined based on the respective offsets and the basic uplink transmission power.
  • multiple offset sets may be preconfigured for a port, and the first field indicates a certain offset set in the multiple offset sets and a certain offset in the offset set;
  • An offset set may be pre-configured for multiple ports, and each port is indicated by the first field to correspond to one or more offsets in the offset set.
  • bit #1 state and the offset association included in the offset set #1 are only examples, and do not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of the present application; similarly, the above-mentioned bit #2 state and offset The offset associations included in set #2 are only examples, and do not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of the present application.
  • the first field includes at least one bit state, the at least one bit state corresponds to at least one piece of power information, the power information of each port is indicated by the bit state of the corresponding first field, and the power information of a certain port is: The power information corresponding to the bit state of the first field in the power information set corresponding to the port.
  • bit state of the first field indicates two pieces of power information corresponding to two ports as an example for description.
  • the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes:
  • the first bit state of the first field is used to determine first power information, where the first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in a preset first power information set;
  • the second bit state of the first field is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset second power information set,
  • the preset first power information set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set, or the preset first power information set and the preset second power information set
  • the sets are two different sets of power information configured respectively.
  • the terminal device learns the preset association relationship (such as the association relationship predefined by the protocol, or receives the association relationship from the network device), and specifically, the association relationship indicates the following corresponding relationship :
  • the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port
  • the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port
  • the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set
  • the second bit The state corresponds to power information in the second set of power information.
  • the power information is used as an example for the offset:
  • port #1 corresponds to offset set #1
  • port #2 corresponds to offset set #2
  • offset set #1 includes ⁇ offset #1
  • offset Quantity set #2 includes ⁇ offset #3
  • offset #4 ⁇ The first field includes four bit states ("00", “01”, “10”, “11"), the bit states “00", "01” correspond to port #1, and the bit states "10", "11” correspond to Port #2.
  • the bit status of the first field is "00", and the offset of port #1 is offset #1; the bit status of the first field is "01”, and the offset of port #1 is offset #2; The bit status of the first field is "10”, and the offset of port #2 is offset #3; the bit status of the first field is "11”, and the offset of port #2 is offset #4.
  • the offset set corresponding to each port may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device.
  • association relationship between each port and the offset set may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device.
  • the association relationship between the bit state of the first field and the port may be predefined or may also be pre-configured by the network device.
  • the bit states of the first field predefined by the protocol are "00" and "01” corresponding to port #1, and the bit states of the first field are “10” and "11” corresponding to port #2; for example, the network device is preconfigured
  • the bit states of the first field are "00” and "01” corresponding to port #1, and the bit states of the first field are "10” and "11” corresponding to port #2.
  • the association relationship between the bit state of the first field and the offset in the offset set corresponding to the port may be predefined or may also be pre-configured by the network device.
  • the first field includes at least one bit state, the at least one bit state corresponds to at least one piece of power information, the power information of each port is indicated by the bit state of the corresponding first field, and the power information of a certain port is: Power information corresponding to the bit state of the first field.
  • bit state of the first field indicates two pieces of power information corresponding to two ports as an example for description.
  • the first field used to determine the first power information includes:
  • the first bit state of the first field indicates first power information, and the first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in a preset power information set;
  • the second bit state of the first field indicates the second power information, and the second power information is power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset power information set.
  • the preset power information set is predefined by a protocol or preconfigured by a network device.
  • the terminal device learns the preset association relationship (such as the association relationship predefined by the protocol, or receives the association relationship from the network device), and specifically, the association relationship indicates the following corresponding relationship :
  • the power information corresponding to the first port in the preset power information set, the power information corresponding to the second port in the preset power information set, the first bit state corresponding to the power information of the first port, the second bit The state corresponds to the power information of the second port.
  • the power information is used as an example for the offset:
  • the protocol predefined or network device preconfigured offset set ⁇ offset #1, offset #2, offset #3 ⁇ , and the protocol predefined or network device preconfigured offset #1 and offset Shift #2 corresponds to port #1
  • offset #3 corresponds to port #2
  • the first field includes four bit states ("00", “01”, “10”, “11"), and the offset of the bit state "00" corresponding to port #1 and port #2 is a value predefined by the protocol, Or a value preconfigured by a network device.
  • the bit state "00" corresponds to the offset of port #1 and port #2 being 0. In this case, the effect of using the same bit state to indicate two port offsets can be achieved.
  • Bit state "01” corresponds to offset #1
  • bit state "10” corresponds to offset #2
  • bit state "11” corresponds to offset #3.
  • the above-mentioned port #1 is a port in a certain port set, and the offset of the port in the port set is the same as the offset of port #1, by indicating the offset of port #1 together.
  • the above description only takes the power information as the offset as an example for description.
  • the power information is other cases, it is similar to the above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the above offset can be replaced with the uplink transmission power, and there is no need to further calculate the uplink transmission power based on the basic uplink transmission power;
  • the above offset can be replaced with a differential power offset, and the uplink transmission power is further calculated based on the differential power offset;
  • the above-mentioned offset can be replaced with an independent variable, and the power calculation formula corresponding to each port is determined based on the independent variable and the preset power calculation formula, and is further calculated based on the power calculation formula.
  • Uplink transmission power when the power information is an independent variable, the above-mentioned offset can be replaced with an independent variable, and the power calculation formula corresponding to each port is determined based on the independent variable and the preset power calculation formula, and is further calculated based on the power calculation formula.
  • the offset #1 of a certain (or some) port can also be indicated, and the offset #2 of other ports can be determined according to the offset. (For example, offset #2 and offset #1 have opposite values).
  • the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes:
  • the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port,
  • the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or,
  • the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or,
  • the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or,
  • the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
  • the correlation between the second power information corresponding to the second port and the first power information can be understood as the second offset corresponding to the second port and the first offset Correlation (for example, the second offset is the opposite number of the first offset, but the second power information is not limited to be the opposite of the first offset in this application, it can be determined according to the first offset ).
  • the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port (for example, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port
  • the transmit power is the inverse of the first power information corresponding to the first port).
  • the first power information is the first argument
  • the first argument and the predefined rule determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port
  • the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is the same as the first transmit power corresponding to the first port.
  • a transmit power correlation eg, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is the inverse of the first transmit power corresponding to the first port).
  • the first field indicating the first offset may refer to the indication manners in the foregoing manners 1 to 3.
  • the first bit (at least one bit) in the first field is used to determine the first offset, and the first offset is the same as the first offset in the preset first offset set.
  • the offset corresponding to the state of one bit is different from Mode 1 in that the second offset can be determined according to the first offset without additional indication;
  • the first bit state in the first field is used to determine the first offset, and the first offset is the same as the first bit state in the preset first offset set.
  • the corresponding offset is different from the method 2 in that the second offset may be determined according to the first offset without additional indication.
  • port #1 corresponds to offset set #1, wherein offset set #1 includes ⁇ offset #1, offset #2 ⁇ .
  • the first field includes 1 bit (bit #11), bit #1 corresponds to port #11.
  • Jointly indicating the power of multiple ports can further save DCI overhead.
  • the other port performs power reduction, which can ensure that the total power of the ports in a PUSCH transmission is the same, thereby ensuring that the interference of the PUSCH transmission to other information can be avoided. control.
  • the above-mentioned first port is a port in a certain port set, and the uplink transmission power corresponding to the port in the port set is the first uplink transmission power; and/or, the above-mentioned second port is a certain port set.
  • a port in the port set, and the uplink transmission power corresponding to the port in the port set is the second uplink transmission power.
  • the first port is any port in the first port set, and the uplink transmission power corresponding to each port in the first port set is the first uplink transmission power; and/or,
  • the second port is any port in the second port set, and the uplink transmission power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the second uplink transmission power.
  • the terminal device may send a signal to the network device on at least one port.
  • the terminal device sends at least one signal to the network device through at least one port respectively based on the at least one uplink transmission power.
  • the network device uses an existing field to indicate the uplink transmission power of the port, and performs independent power control on different ports (or port sets) of the terminal device.
  • the network device Under the premise of not increasing the DCI overhead, it is guaranteed that after the signals transmitted by different ports (or port sets) pass through channels with different channel states (such as corresponding channel large-scale parameter information), different ports (or port sets) received by the network device signal power balance, thereby improving the uplink throughput, or reducing the power consumption of the terminal equipment on the premise of ensuring a certain throughput.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application. . And it may not be necessary to perform all the operations in the above method embodiments.
  • terminal device and/or the network device in the above method embodiments may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments, these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also include performing other operations or variations of various operations .
  • the method implemented by the terminal device may also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or circuit, etc.) that can be used in the terminal device, and the method implemented by the network device may also be implemented by the network device. component implementation.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 300 for indicating information provided by the present application.
  • the apparatus 300 includes a processing unit 310 , a receiving unit 320 and a sending unit 330 .
  • a receiving unit 320 configured to acquire downlink control information DCI
  • the DCI includes an RS request field and a first field, where the RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, and when the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information; When the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine second information, where the first information is used to determine a time unit for sending the RS, and the second information includes at least one port respectively. corresponding at least one piece of power information, where the power information is used to determine the first transmit power;
  • the processing unit 310 is configured to determine, according to the RS request field, that the first field is used to determine the first information or the second information.
  • the apparatus 300 further includes a sending unit 330, configured to use the at least one first sending power to send at least one signal on the at least one port respectively.
  • the apparatus 300 corresponds to the terminal device in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 300 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the terminal device in the method embodiment. Corresponding units of the apparatus 300 are configured to perform the corresponding steps performed by the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the processing unit 310 in the apparatus 300 is configured to execute the steps related to processing corresponding to the terminal device in the method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 320 in the apparatus 300 performs the steps of receiving by the terminal device in the method embodiment.
  • the sending unit 330 in the apparatus 300 is configured to perform the step of sending the terminal device.
  • the receiving unit 320 and the transmitting unit can form a transceiver unit, and have the functions of receiving and transmitting at the same time.
  • the processing unit 310 may be at least one processor.
  • the sending unit may be a transmitter or an interface circuit
  • the receiving unit 320 may be a receiver or an interface circuit.
  • the receiver and transmitter can be integrated together to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
  • the apparatus 300 may further include a storage unit for storing data and/or signaling, and the processing unit 310, the sending unit, and the receiving unit 320 may interact or couple with the storage unit, such as reading or calling Data and/or signaling in the storage unit, so that the methods of the above-described embodiments are performed.
  • a storage unit for storing data and/or signaling
  • the processing unit 310, the sending unit, and the receiving unit 320 may interact or couple with the storage unit, such as reading or calling Data and/or signaling in the storage unit, so that the methods of the above-described embodiments are performed.
  • the above units may exist independently, or may be integrated in whole or in part.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 400 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 400 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 4 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 400 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is used to control the antenna and the input and output devices to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so as to execute the corresponding process performed by the terminal device in the method for registration proposed in this application. Processes and/or Actions. It will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 4 only shows one memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 500 for information indication provided by the present application.
  • the apparatus 500 includes a receiving unit 510, a sending unit 520 and a processing unit 530.
  • a processing unit 530 configured to determine downlink control information DCI
  • the DCI includes a reference signal RS request field and a first field, the reference signal RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, the reference signal RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used for Determine first information, the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine second information, wherein the first information is used to determine the time unit for sending the RS, and the second information includes at least at least one piece of power information corresponding to one port respectively, where the power information is used to determine the first transmit power;
  • the sending unit 520 is configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device.
  • the apparatus 500 further includes a receiving unit 510, configured to receive at least one signal from the terminal device, and the received power of the at least one signal is the same.
  • the apparatus 500 corresponds to the network device in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 500 may be the network device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the network device in the method embodiment. Corresponding units of the apparatus 500 are configured to perform the corresponding steps performed by the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the sending unit 520 in the apparatus 500 performs the step of sending by the network device in the method embodiment
  • the receiving unit 510 in the apparatus 500 is configured to perform the step of receiving the network device
  • the processing unit 530 in the apparatus 500 is configured to perform the internal correspondence of the network device. The steps associated with processing.
  • the receiving unit 510 and the sending unit 520 can form a transceiver unit, and have the functions of receiving and sending at the same time.
  • the processing unit 530 may be at least one processor.
  • the sending unit 520 may be a transmitter or an interface circuit.
  • the receiving unit 510 may be a receiver or an interface circuit. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated together to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
  • the apparatus 500 may further include a storage unit for storing data and/or signaling.
  • the processing unit 530, the sending unit 520, and the receiving unit 510 may interact or couple with the storage unit, for example, read or call the storage unit. data and/or signaling, so that the methods of the above embodiments are performed.
  • the above units may exist independently, or may be integrated in whole or in part.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 600 applicable to this embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the network device in the above information indication method. It can be a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device.
  • the network device 600 may include CU, DU, and AAU.
  • the network device includes one or more radio frequency units, such as For the remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU) and one or more baseband units (base band unit, BBU):
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • BBU base band unit
  • the non-real-time part of the original BBU will be divided and redefined as CU, which is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services.
  • Part of the physical layer processing function of the BBU is merged with the original RRU and passive antenna into AAU, and the remaining functions of the BBU are redefined as DU.
  • CU and DU are distinguished by the real-time nature of processing content, and AAU is a combination of RRU and antenna.
  • CU, DU, and AAU can be separated or co-located. Therefore, there will be a variety of network deployment forms.
  • One possible deployment form is consistent with traditional 4G network equipment.
  • CU and DU share hardware deployment. It should be understood that FIG. 6 is only an example, and the protection scope of the present application is not limited.
  • the deployment form may also be that DUs are deployed in a 6G BBU computer room, CUs are deployed in a centralized manner, or DUs are centrally deployed, and CUs are centralized at higher levels.
  • the AAU 601 can implement a transceiver function and is called a transceiver unit 601, which corresponds to the sending unit 520 in FIG. 5 .
  • the transceiver unit 601 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 6011 and a radio frequency unit 6012.
  • the transceiver unit 601 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit, the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or called a receiver, a receiving circuit), and the sending unit may correspond to a transmitter (or called a transmitter, a sending circuit).
  • the CU and DU 602 may implement internal processing functions called processing unit 602.
  • the processing unit 602 may control network devices, etc., and may be referred to as a controller.
  • the AAU 601, the CU and the DU 602 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated.
  • the network device is not limited to the form shown in FIG. 6 , and can also be in other forms: for example, it includes BBU and ARU, or includes BBU and AAU; it can also be CPE, or other forms, which are not limited in this application.
  • the network device 600 shown in FIG. 6 can implement the functions of the network device involved in the method embodiment of FIG. 2 .
  • the operations and/or functions of each unit in the network device 600 are respectively to implement the corresponding processes executed by the network device in the method embodiments of the present application. To avoid repetition, the detailed description is appropriately omitted here.
  • the structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 6 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation to the embodiments of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other forms of network device structures that may appear in the future.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a communication system, which includes the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on the computer, the computer is made to execute each of the above-mentioned methods performed by the terminal device in the method shown in FIG. 2 . step.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on the computer, the computer is made to execute each of the above-mentioned methods performed by the network device in the method shown in FIG. 2 . step.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions, when the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer program product causes the computer to perform each step performed by the terminal device in the method shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions, when the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer program product causes the computer to execute each step performed by the network device in the method shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the present application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is configured to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the terminal device in the method indicated by the information provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used for reading and executing the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor acquires the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip, and the like.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • the present application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is configured to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the network device in the method indicated by the information provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used for reading and executing the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor acquires the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip, and the like.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • the above-mentioned chip can also be replaced by a chip system, which will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual conditions to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
  • the term "and/or” in this application is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time. , there are three cases of B alone.
  • the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or” relationship; the term “at least one” in this application can mean “one” and "two or more", for example, A At least one of , B, and C can mean: A alone exists, B exists alone, C exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, A and C exist simultaneously, C and B exist simultaneously, and A and B and C exist simultaneously. seven situations.

Abstract

The present application provides a method and apparatus for information indication. The method comprises: a terminal device acquires downlink control information (DCI), the DCI comprising a reference signal (RS) request field and a first field, and the RS request field being used to indicate a triggered RS resource set; when the RS request field indicates that an RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine first information; and when the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine second information. The flexible indication function of a first field in DCI is defined according to different states of the RS request field, wherein the first information is used to determine the time unit for sending the RS, the second information comprises at least one piece of power information respectively corresponding to at least one port, and the at least one piece of power information is used to determine at least one first transmit power, respectively.

Description

信息指示的方法与装置Method and device for information indication
本申请要求于2021年04月02日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110363786.3、申请名称为“信息指示的方法与装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110363786.3 and the application title "Method and Apparatus for Information Indication" filed with the China Patent Office on April 2, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种信息指示的方法与装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for indicating information.
背景技术Background technique
预计在新无线(new radio,NR)移动通信系统中涉及的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中引入第一字段,且将该第一字段用于确定参考信号(reference signal,RS)资源集的发送时隙。但是该第一字段具体功能到底如何定义还未确定,因此如何定义该第一字段的功能,成为亟待解决的问题。It is expected that the first field will be introduced into the downlink control information (DCI) involved in the new radio (NR) mobile communication system, and the first field will be used to determine the reference signal (RS) resource set of transmit slots. However, how to define the specific function of the first field has not yet been determined, so how to define the function of the first field has become an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种信息指示的方法与装置,根据RS请求字段的不同状态定义了DCI中第一字段灵活的指示功能。The present application provides an information indication method and apparatus, which defines a flexible indication function of the first field in the DCI according to different states of the RS request field.
第一方面,提供了一种信息指示的方法,该信息指示的方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由设置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In a first aspect, an information indication method is provided. The information indication method can be executed by a terminal device, or can also be executed by a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
该信息指示的方法包括:The methods indicated by the information include:
终端设备获取下行控制信息DCI,该DCI中包括RS请求字段和第一字段,该RS请求字段用于指示被触发的RS资源集,当该RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发时,该第一字段用于确定第一信息;当该RS请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发时,该第一字段用于确定第二信息;其中,该第一信息用于确定发送该RS资源集的时间单元,该第二信息包括至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,端口对应的功率信息用于确定端口的第一发送功率。The terminal device obtains the downlink control information DCI, the DCI includes an RS request field and a first field, the RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, and when the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, the first field field is used to determine the first information; when the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the second information; wherein, the first information is used to determine the time unit for sending the RS resource set , the second information includes at least one piece of power information corresponding to at least one port respectively, and the power information corresponding to the port is used to determine the first transmit power of the port.
本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法,DCI中包括的第一字段根据用于指示被触发的RS资源集的RS请求字段的状态不同能够实现不同的指示功能,灵活定义了DCI中第一字段的功能。In the information indication method provided by the embodiment of this application, the first field included in the DCI can implement different indication functions according to the state of the RS request field used to indicate the triggered RS resource set, and the first field in the DCI is flexibly defined. function.
当该RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发时,该第一字段用于确定第一信息;当该RS请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发时,该第一字段用于确定第二信息;When the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information; when the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the second information;
还可以描述为:It can also be described as:
在该RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发的情况下,该第一字段用于确定第一信息;在该RS请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发的情况下,该第一字段用于确定第二信息;In the case that the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information; in the case that the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information. 2. Information;
还可以描述为:It can also be described as:
该RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发,且该第一字段用于确定第一信息;或者,该RS请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发,且该第一字段用于确定第二信息;The RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the first information; or, the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the second information;
还可以描述为:It can also be described as:
第一字段用于确定第一信息或第二信息:The first field is used to determine the first information or the second information:
该RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发,该第一字段用于确定第一信息;The RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the first information;
该RS请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发,该第一字段用于确定第二信息;The RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the second information;
还可以描述为:It can also be described as:
第一字段用于确定第一信息和第二信息中的一种:The first field is used to determine one of the first information and the second information:
该RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发,且该第一字段用于确定第一信息;The RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the first information;
该RS请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发,且该第一字段用于确定第二信息。The RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the second information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第二信息包括:该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,其中,该功率信息包括以下至少一种:该功率信息为第一发送功率;或者,该功率信息为偏移量,该偏移量和第二发送功率用于确定该第一发送功率;或者,该功率信息为差分功率偏置,该差分功率偏置和预设端口的发送功率用于确定该第一发送功率;该功率信息为自变量,该自变量和预定义规则用于确定该第一发送功率,其中,该第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,该第二字段包括该DCI中包含的功率控制字段。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first field used to determine the second information includes: the first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port, wherein the The power information includes at least one of the following: the power information is the first transmit power; or, the power information is an offset, and the offset and the second transmit power are used to determine the first transmit power; or, the power information is a differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of the preset port are used to determine the first transmit power; the power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a predefined rule are used to determine the first transmit power, Wherein, the second transmission power is obtained according to one or more of a predefined rule, a value indicated by high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and the number of ports used for one transmission, and the second field includes the The power control field contained in the DCI.
本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法,在指示终端设备无RS资源集发送时,网络设备可以复用用于确定发送RS资源集时间单元的第一字段指示各个端口的上行传输功率,在降低信令开销的前提下保证网络设备接收到的各端口数据流的功率相同,进而不影响系统的上行频谱效率和上行吞吐量。In the information indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when instructing the terminal device to send no RS resource set, the network device may reuse the first field used to determine the time unit for sending the RS resource set to indicate the uplink transmission power of each port, and when reducing the RS resource set Under the premise of signaling overhead, it is ensured that the power of each port data stream received by the network device is the same, thereby not affecting the uplink spectral efficiency and uplink throughput of the system.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第一比特,该第一比特用于确定该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第一比特包括至少一个比特;该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第二比特,该第二比特用于确定该第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与该第二比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第二比特包括至少一个比特。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and includes: the first field includes a first bit, the first One bit is used to determine the first power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, and the first bit includes at least one bit; A field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes: the first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is a preset second power Power information corresponding to the state of the second bit in the power information set, where the second bit includes at least one bit.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该终端设备获知预设的关联关系,其中,该预设的关联关系指示:该第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该预设的第二功率信息集合与该第二端口相对应、该第一比特与该第一功率信息集合相对应、该第二比特与该第二功率信息集合相对应、该第一比特的状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应、该第二比特的状态与该第二功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal device, a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates that the first power information set is related to the first power information set. A port corresponds, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, the second bit corresponds to the second power information set, The state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the state of the second bit corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的 第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态指示第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:该第一字段的第二比特状态指示第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与该第二比特状态相对应的功率信息,其中,该预设的第一功率信息集合和该预设的第二功率信息集合包含在同一个预设的功率信息集合中。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, and the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, including: the first bit state of the first field indicates that the first Power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, including: the first The second bit state of a field indicates the second power information, and the second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset second power information set, wherein the preset first power information The set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该终端设备获知预设的关联关系,其中,该预设的关联关系指示:该预设的第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该预设的第二功率信息集合与该第二端口相对应、该第一比特状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应、该第二比特状态与该第二功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal device, a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates: the preset first power information set Corresponds to the first port, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the second bit state corresponds to The power information in the second power information set corresponds to.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态指示该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;该第一字段用于确定第二功率信息包括:该第一字段的第二比特状态指示该第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为该预设的功率信息集合中与该第二比特状态相对应的功率信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information including: the second bit state of the first field indicates the second bit state Power information, where the second power information is power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset power information set.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该终端设备获知预设的关联关系,其中,该预设的关联关系指示:该预设的功率信息集合中与该第一端口相对应的功率信息、该预设的功率信息集合中与该第二端口相对应的功率信息、该第一比特状态与该第一端口的功率信息相对应、该第二比特状态与该第二端口的功率信息相对应。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: acquiring, by the terminal device, a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates that: The power information corresponding to the first port, the power information corresponding to the second port in the preset power information set, the first bit state corresponding to the power information of the first port, the second bit state Corresponding to the power information of the second port.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息均为第二发送功率,其中,该第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,该第二字段包括该DCI中包含的功率控制字段。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port includes: the first field is used to determine at least one corresponding to the at least one port. A piece of power information is the second transmission power, wherein the second transmission power is configured according to a predefined rule, configured through high-layer signaling and/or a value indicated by the second field, and one of the number of ports used for one transmission or Multiple acquisitions, the second field includes the power control field contained in the DCI.
本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法,可以通过不同的方式指示多个端口的上行传输功率,提高方案的灵活性。The information indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can indicate the uplink transmission power of multiple ports in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一功率信息用于确定该第一端口对应的第一发送功率,第二端口对应的第二功率信息与该第一功率信息相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第二功率信息与该第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一功率信息相关。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first power corresponding to the first port information, the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port, and the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port It is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第一比特,该第一比特用于确定该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第一比特包括至少一个比特;该方法还包括:该终端设备获知预设的关联关系,其中,该预设的关联关系指示:该预设的第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该第一比特与该第一功率信息集合相对应、该第一比特的状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used for determining the first power information, where the first power information is power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in a preset first power information set, where the first bit includes at least one bit; the method further includes: the The terminal device learns a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates: the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, The state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态指示第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;该方法还包括:该终端设备获知预设的关联关系,其中,该预设的关联关系指示:该预设的第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该第一比特状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the method further includes: the terminal device learning a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates : the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的任意一个端口,该第一端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为该第一端口的第一发送功率;和/或,该第二端口为第二端口集合中的任意一个端口,该第二端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为该第二端口的第一发送功率。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first port is any port in the first port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the first port set is the the first transmit power of the first port; and/or, the second port is any port in the second port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the second port the first transmit power.
本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法,还可以通过第一字段指示多个端口集合中端口的上行传输功率,提高指示效率。In the information indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the uplink transmission power of the ports in the multiple port sets can also be indicated by the first field, so as to improve the indication efficiency.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该终端设备用该至少一个第一发送功率分别在该至少一个端口发送至少一个信号。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device transmits at least one signal on the at least one port by using the at least one first transmit power, respectively.
本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法,端口的上行传输功率确定之后可以基于上行传输功率进行上行信息传输。In the information indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, after the uplink transmission power of the port is determined, uplink information transmission can be performed based on the uplink transmission power.
第二方面,提供了一种信息指示的方法,该用于信息指示的方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由设置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In a second aspect, a method for information indication is provided. The method for information indication may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit provided in the network device, which is not limited in this application.
该信息指示的方法包括:The methods indicated by the information include:
网络设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI,该DCI中包括参考信号RS请求字段和第一字段,该参考信号RS请求字段用于指示被触发的RS资源集,该参考信号RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发,且该第一字段用于确定第一信息,该RS请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发,且该第一字段用于确定第二信息其中,该第一信息用于确定发送该RS的时间单元,该第二信息包括至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,该功率信息用于确定第一发送功率。The network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal device, where the DCI includes a reference signal RS request field and a first field, the reference signal RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, and the reference signal RS request field indicates the RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the first information, the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the second information, wherein the first information is used to determine to send the The time unit of the RS, the second information includes at least one piece of power information corresponding to at least one port respectively, and the power information is used to determine the first transmit power.
本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法,DCI中包括的第一字段根据用于指示被触发的RS资源集的RS请求字段的状态不同能够实现不同的指示功能,灵活定义了DCI中第一字段的功能。In the information indication method provided by the embodiment of this application, the first field included in the DCI can implement different indication functions according to the state of the RS request field used to indicate the triggered RS resource set, and the first field in the DCI is flexibly defined. function.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第二信息包括:该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,其中,该功率信息包括以下至少一种:该功率信息为第一发送功率;或者,该功率信息为偏移量,该偏移量和第二发送功率用于确定该第一发送功率;或者,该功率信息为差分功率偏置,该差分功率偏置和预设端口的发送功率用于确定该第一发送功率;该功率信息为自变量,该自变量和预定义规则用于确定该第一发送功率,其中,该第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,该第二字段包括该DCI中包含的功率控制字段。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first field used to determine the second information includes: the first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively, wherein the The power information includes at least one of the following: the power information is the first transmit power; or, the power information is an offset, and the offset and the second transmit power are used to determine the first transmit power; or, the power information is a differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of the preset port are used to determine the first transmit power; the power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a predefined rule are used to determine the first transmit power, Wherein, the second transmission power is obtained according to one or more of a predefined rule, a value indicated by high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and the number of ports used for one transmission, and the second field includes the The power control field contained in the DCI.
本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法,在指示终端设备无RS资源集发送时,网络设备可以复用用于确定发送RS资源集时间单元的第一字段指示各个端口的上行传输功率,在降低信令开销的前提下保证网络设备接收到的各端口数据流的功率相同,进而不影响系统的上行频谱效率和上行吞吐量。In the information indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when instructing the terminal device to send no RS resource set, the network device may reuse the first field used to determine the time unit for sending the RS resource set to indicate the uplink transmission power of each port, and when reducing the RS resource set Under the premise of signaling overhead, it is ensured that the power of each port data stream received by the network device is the same, thereby not affecting the uplink spectral efficiency and uplink throughput of the system.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第一比特,该第一比特用于确定该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第一比特包括至少一个比特;该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第二比特,该第二比特用于确定该第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与该第二比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第二比特包括至少一个比特。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and includes: the first field includes a first bit, the first One bit is used to determine the first power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, and the first bit includes at least one bit; A field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes: the first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is a preset second power Power information corresponding to the state of the second bit in the power information set, where the second bit includes at least one bit.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络设备向该终端设备发送关联关系,该关联关系用于确定以下至少一种:该预设的第一功率信息集合对应该第一端口,该预设的第二功率信息集合对应该第二端口;或者,该第一比特与该第一功率信息集合对应,该第二比特与该第二功率信息集合对应;或者,该第一比特的状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息对应,该第二比特的状态与该第二功率信息集合中的功率信息对应。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device sending an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine at least one of the following: the preset first power The information set corresponds to the first port, and the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port; or, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, and the second bit corresponds to the second power information set or, the state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the state of the second bit corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态对应该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:该第一字段的第二比特状态对应指示该第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与该第二比特状态相对应的功率信息,其中,该预设的第一功率信息集合和该预设的第二功率信息集合包含在同一个预设的功率信息集合中。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, including: the first bit state of the first field corresponds to the first Power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, including: the The second bit state of the first field corresponds to indicating the second power information, and the second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset second power information set, wherein the preset second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state. A power information set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络设备向该终端设备发送关联关系,该关联关系用于确定以下至少一种:该预设的第一功率信息集合对应该第一端口,该预设的第二功率信息集合对应该第二端口;或者,该第一比特状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息对应,该第二比特状态与该第二功率信息集合中的功率信息对应。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device sending an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine at least one of the following: the preset first power The information set corresponds to the first port, and the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port; or, the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the second bit state corresponds to the power information set in the first power information set. The power information in the second power information set corresponds to.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态指示该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态对应相对应的功率信息;该第一字段用于确定第二功率信息包括:该第一字段的第二比特状态指示该第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为该预设的功率信息集合中与该第二比特状态对应相对应的功率信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information including: the second bit state of the first field indicates the first bit state. Second power information, where the second power information is power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset power information set.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络设备向该终端设备发送关联关系,该关联关系用于确定以下至少一种:该预设的功率信息集合中对应该第一端口的功率信息,以对应该第二端口的功率信息;或者,该第一比特状态与该第一端 口的功率信息对应,该第二比特状态与该第二端口的功率信息对应。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device sending an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine at least one of the following: the preset power information set The power information of the first port corresponds to the power information of the second port; or the first bit state corresponds to the power information of the first port, and the second bit state corresponds to the power information of the second port. correspond.
本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法,可以通过不同的方式指示多个端口的上行传输功率,提高方案的灵活性。The information indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can indicate the uplink transmission power of multiple ports in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息功率包括:该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息率均为第二发送功率,其中,该第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,该第二字段包括该DCI中包含的功率控制字段。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first field used to determine at least one power information power corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the power corresponding to the at least one port respectively At least one power information rate is the second transmission power, where the second transmission power is based on a predefined rule, a value indicated by a high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and one of the ports used for one transmission. One or more of the obtained, the second field includes the power control field contained in the DCI.
本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法,还可以通过第一字段包括的比特的状态指示端口的上行传输功率为基础上行传输功率。In the information indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the uplink transmission power of the port may be indicated by the state of the bit included in the first field as the basic uplink transmission power.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一功率信息用于确定该第一端口对应的第一发送功率,第二端口对应的第二功率信息与该第一功率信息相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第二功率信息与该第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一功率信息相关。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first power corresponding to the first port information, the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port, and the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port It is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第一比特,该第一比特用于确定该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第一比特包括至少一个比特;该方法还包括:该网络设备向该终端设备发送关联关系,该关联关系用于确定:该预设的第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该第一比特与该第一功率信息集合相对应、该第一比特的状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used for determining the first power information, where the first power information is power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in a preset first power information set, where the first bit includes at least one bit; the method further includes: the The network device sends an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine: the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, and the first power information set corresponds to the first port. The state of one bit corresponds to the power information in the first set of power information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态指示第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;该方法还包括:该网络设备向该终端设备发送关联关系,该关联关系用于确定:该预设的第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该第一比特状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in a preset first power information set; the method further includes: the network device sending an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine: the The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的任意一个端口,该第一端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为该第一端口的第一发送功率;和/或,该第二端口为第二端口集合中的任意一个端口,该第二端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为该第二端口的第一发送功率。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first port is any port in the first port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the first port set is the the first transmit power of the first port; and/or, the second port is any port in the second port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the second port the first transmit power.
本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法,还可以通过第一字段指示多个端口集合中端口的上行传输功率,提高指示效率。In the information indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the uplink transmission power of the ports in the multiple port sets can also be indicated by the first field, so as to improve the indication efficiency.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络设备接收来自该终端设备的至少一个信号,该至少一个信号的分别对应的至少一个接收功率相同。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device receives at least one signal from the terminal device, and at least one corresponding received power of the at least one signal is the same.
第三方面,提供一种信息指示的装置,该信息指示的装置包括:In a third aspect, a device for indicating information is provided, and the device for indicating information includes:
接收单元,获取下行控制信息DCI,a receiving unit to obtain downlink control information DCI,
该DCI中包括RS请求字段和第一字段,该RS请求字段用于指示被触发的RS资源集,当该RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发时,该第一字段用于确定第一信息;当该RS 请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发时,该第一字段用于确定第二信息,其中,该第一信息用于确定发送该RS的时间单元,该第二信息包括至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,功率信息用于确定第一发送功率;The DCI includes an RS request field and a first field, where the RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, and when the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information; When the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine second information, wherein the first information is used to determine the time unit for sending the RS, and the second information includes at least one port respectively. corresponding at least one piece of power information, where the power information is used to determine the first transmit power;
处理单元,用于根据该RS请求字段确定该第一字段用于确定第一信息或者第二信息。The processing unit is configured to determine, according to the RS request field, that the first field is used to determine the first information or the second information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第二信息包括:该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,其中,该功率信息包括以下至少一种:该功率信息为第一发送功率;或者,该功率信息为偏移量,该偏移量和第二发送功率用于确定该第一发送功率;或者,该功率信息为差分功率偏置,该差分功率偏置和预设端口的发送功率用于确定该第一发送功率;该功率信息为自变量,该自变量和预定义规则用于确定该第一发送功率,其中,该第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,该第二字段包括该DCI中包含的功率控制字段。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first field used to determine the second information includes: the first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively, wherein the The power information includes at least one of the following: the power information is the first transmit power; or, the power information is an offset, and the offset and the second transmit power are used to determine the first transmit power; or, the power information is a differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of the preset port are used to determine the first transmit power; the power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a predefined rule are used to determine the first transmit power, Wherein, the second transmission power is obtained according to one or more of a predefined rule, a value indicated by high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and the number of ports used for one transmission, and the second field includes the The power control field contained in the DCI.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第一比特,该第一比特用于确定该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第一比特包括至少一个比特;该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第二比特,该第二比特用于确定该第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与该第二比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第二比特包括至少一个比特。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and includes: the first field includes a first bit, the first One bit is used to determine the first power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, and the first bit includes at least one bit; A field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes: the first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is a preset second power Power information corresponding to the state of the second bit in the power information set, where the second bit includes at least one bit.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元还用于:获知预设的关联关系,其中,该预设的关联关系指示:该第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该预设的第二功率信息集合与该第二端口相对应、该第一比特与该第一功率信息集合相对应、该第二比特与该第二功率信息集合相对应、该第一比特的状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应、该第二比特的状态与该第二功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: acquire a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates that the first power information set is related to the first power information set. corresponding to a port, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, the second bit corresponds to the second power information set, the The state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the state of the second bit corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态指示第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:该第一字段的第二比特状态指示第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与该第二比特状态相对应的功率信息,其中,该预设的第一功率信息集合和该预设的第二功率信息集合包含在同一个预设的功率信息集合中。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, and the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, including: the first bit state of the first field indicates that the first Power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, including: the first The second bit state of a field indicates the second power information, and the second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset second power information set, wherein the preset first power information The set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元还用于:获知预设的关联关系,其中,该预设的关联关系指示:该预设的第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该预设的第二功率信息集合与该第二端口相对应、该第一比特状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应、该第二比特状态与该第二功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: acquire a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates that the preset first power information set is The first port corresponds, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, the second bit state corresponds to the The power information in the second power information set corresponds to.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口 分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态指示该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;该第一字段用于确定第二功率信息包括:该第一字段的第二比特状态指示该第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为该预设的功率信息集合中与该第二比特状态相对应的功率信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information including: the second bit state of the first field indicates the second bit state Power information, where the second power information is power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset power information set.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元还用于:获知预设的关联关系,其中,该预设的关联关系指示:该预设的功率信息集合中与该第一端口相对应的功率信息、该预设的功率信息集合中与该第二端口相对应的功率信息、该第一比特状态与该第一端口的功率信息相对应、该第二比特状态与该第二端口的功率信息相对应。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: acquire a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates that the preset power information set is related to the The power information corresponding to the first port, the power information corresponding to the second port in the preset power information set, the first bit state corresponding to the power information of the first port, and the second bit state and Corresponding power information of the second port.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息均为第二发送功率,其中,该第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,该第二字段包括该DCI中包含的功率控制字段。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine at least one corresponding to the at least one port. A piece of power information is the second transmission power, wherein the second transmission power is configured according to a predefined rule, configured through high-layer signaling and/or a value indicated by the second field, and one of the number of ports used for one transmission or Multiple acquisitions, the second field includes the power control field contained in the DCI.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一功率信息用于确定该第一端口对应的第一发送功率,第二端口对应的第二功率信息与该第一功率信息相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第二功率信息与该第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一功率信息相关。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first power corresponding to the first port information, the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port, and the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port It is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第一比特,该第一比特用于确定该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第一比特包括至少一个比特;该处理单元还用于:获知预设的关联关系,其中,该预设的关联关系指示:该预设的第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该第一比特与该第一功率信息集合相对应、该第一比特的状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used for Determine the first power information, where the first power information is power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, where the first bit includes at least one bit; the processing unit is further configured to : obtains a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates: the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, the The state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first set of power information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态指示第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;该处理单元还用于:获知预设的关联关系,其中,该预设的关联关系指示:该预设的第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该第一比特状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the processing unit is further configured to: acquire a preset association relationship, wherein the preset association relationship indicates: The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的任意一个端口,该第一端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为该第一端口的第一发送功率;和/或,该第二端口为第二端口集合中的任意一个端口,该第二端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为该第二端口的第一发送功率。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first port is any port in the first port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the first port set is the the first transmit power of the first port; and/or, the second port is any port in the second port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the second port the first transmit power.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所装置还包括:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the apparatus further includes:
发送单元,用该至少一个第一发送功率分别在该至少一个端口发送至少一个信号。A sending unit, using the at least one first sending power to send at least one signal on the at least one port respectively.
第四方面,提供一种信息指示的装置,该信息指示的装置包括:In a fourth aspect, a device for indicating information is provided, and the device for indicating information includes:
处理单元,用于确定下行控制信息DCI,该DCI中包括参考信号RS请求字段和第一字段,该参考信号RS请求字段用于指示被触发的RS资源集,该参考信号RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发,且该第一字段用于确定第一信息,该第二字段指示无RS资源集被触发,且该第一字段用于确定第二信息其中,该第一信息用于确定发送该RS的时间单元,该第二信息包括至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,该功率信息用于确定第一发送功率;a processing unit, configured to determine downlink control information DCI, where the DCI includes a reference signal RS request field and a first field, the reference signal RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, and the reference signal RS request field indicates an RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the first information, the second field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine the second information, wherein the first information is used to determine to send the The time unit of the RS, the second information includes at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively, and the power information is used to determine the first transmit power;
发送单元,用于向向终端设备发送该DCI。a sending unit, configured to send the DCI to the terminal device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第二信息包括:该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,其中,该功率信息包括以下至少一种:该功率信息为第一发送功率;或者,该功率信息为偏移量,该偏移量和第二发送功率用于确定该第一发送功率;或者,该功率信息为差分功率偏置,该差分功率偏置和预设端口的发送功率用于确定该第一发送功率;该功率信息为自变量,该自变量和预定义规则用于确定该第一发送功率,其中,该第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,该第二字段包括该DCI中包含的功率控制字段。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first field used to determine the second information includes: the first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port, wherein the The power information includes at least one of the following: the power information is the first transmit power; or, the power information is an offset, and the offset and the second transmit power are used to determine the first transmit power; or, the power information is a differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of the preset port are used to determine the first transmit power; the power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a predefined rule are used to determine the first transmit power, Wherein, the second transmission power is obtained according to one or more of a predefined rule, a value indicated by high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and the number of ports used for one transmission, and the second field includes the The power control field contained in the DCI.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第一比特,该第一比特用于确定该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第一比特包括至少一个比特;该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第二比特,该第二比特用于确定该第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与该第二比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第二比特包括至少一个比特。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first field used to determine the at least one power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and includes: the first field includes a first bit, the first One bit is used to determine the first power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, and the first bit includes at least one bit; A field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes: the first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is a preset second power Power information corresponding to the state of the second bit in the power information set, where the second bit includes at least one bit.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元,还用于:向该终端设备发送关联关系,该关联关系用于确定以下至少一种:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine at least one of the following:
该预设的第一功率信息集合对应该第一端口,该预设的第二功率信息集合对应该第二端口;或者,该第一比特与该第一功率信息集合对应,该第二比特与该第二功率信息集合对应;或者,该第一比特的状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息对应,该第二比特的状态与该第二功率信息集合中的功率信息对应。The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port; or, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, and the second bit corresponds to The second power information set corresponds to; or, the state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the state of the second bit corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态对应该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:该第一字段的第二比特状态对应指示该第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与该第二比特状态相对应的功率信息,其中,该预设的第一功率信息集合和该预设的第二功率信息集合包含在同一个预设的功率信息集合中。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first field used to determine the at least one power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, including: the first bit state of the first field corresponds to the first Power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, including: the The second bit state of the first field corresponds to indicating the second power information, and the second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset second power information set, wherein the preset second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state. A power information set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元,还用于:向该终端设备发送关联关系,该关联关系用于确定以下至少一种:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine at least one of the following:
该预设的第一功率信息集合对应该第一端口,该预设的第二功率信息集合对应该第二端口;或者,该第一比特状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息对应,该第二比特状态与该第二功率信息集合中的功率信息对应。The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port; or the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, The second bit state corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,该第一字段用于确定第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态指示该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态对应相对应的功率信息;该第一字段用于确定第二功率信息包括:该第一字段的第二比特状态指示该第二功率信息,该第二功率信息为该预设的功率信息集合中与该第二比特状态对应相对应的功率信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first field used to determine the at least one power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first field corresponding to the first port. power information, the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port, the first field is used to determine the first power information includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is the power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset power information set; the first field is used to determine the second power information including: the second bit state of the first field indicates the first bit state. Second power information, where the second power information is power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset power information set.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息功率包括:该第一字段用于确定该至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息率均为第二发送功率,其中,该第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,该第二字段包括该DCI中包含的功率控制字段。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first field used to determine at least one power information power corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the power corresponding to the at least one port respectively At least one power information rate is the second transmission power, where the second transmission power is based on a predefined rule, a value indicated by a high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and one of the ports used for one transmission. One or more of the obtained, the second field includes the power control field contained in the DCI.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一功率信息用于确定该第一端口对应的第一发送功率,第二端口对应的第二功率信息与该第一功率信息相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第二功率信息与该第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,该第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一功率信息相关。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first field used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes: the first field is used to determine the first power corresponding to the first port information, the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port, and the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port It is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段中包括第一比特,该第一比特用于确定该第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,该第一比特包括至少一个比特;该发送单元,还用于:向该终端设备发送关联关系,该关联关系用于确定:该预设的第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该第一比特与该第一功率信息集合相对应、该第一比特的状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used for Determine the first power information, where the first power information is power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, where the first bit includes at least one bit; the sending unit further uses In: sending an association relationship to the terminal device, the association relationship is used to determine: the preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, the first power information set corresponds to The state of one bit corresponds to the power information in the first set of power information.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:该第一字段的第一比特状态指示第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与该第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;该发送单元,还用于:向该终端设备发送关联关系,该关联关系用于确定:该预设的第一功率信息集合与该第一端口相对应、该第一比特状态与该第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes: the first bit state of the first field indicates the first power information, the The first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in the preset first power information set; the sending unit is further configured to: send an association relationship to the terminal device, where the association relationship is used to determine: the The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的任意一个端口,该第一端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为该第一端口的第一发送功率;和/或,该第二端口为第二端口集合中的任意一个端口,该第二端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为该第二端口的第一发送功率。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first port is any port in the first port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the first port set is the the first transmit power of the first port; and/or, the second port is any port in the second port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the second port the first transmit power.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该装置还包括:In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the apparatus further includes:
接收单元,用于接收来自该终端设备的至少一个信号,该至少一个信号的分别对应的至少一个接收功率相同。The receiving unit is configured to receive at least one signal from the terminal device, and at least one corresponding received power of the at least one signal is the same.
第五方面,提供一种信息指示的装置,该信息指示的装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。In a fifth aspect, an apparatus for indicating information is provided, where the apparatus for indicating information includes a processor for implementing the functions of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect above.
可选地,该信息指示的装置还可以包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器耦合,该处理器用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。Optionally, the apparatus indicated by the information may further include a memory coupled to the processor, where the processor is configured to implement the function of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect above.
在一种可能的实现中,该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合,该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令,用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。In one possible implementation, the memory is used to store program instructions and data. The memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the functions of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect above.
可选地,该信息指示的装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口用于该信息指示的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该信息指示的装置为该终端设备时,该通信接口可以为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。Optionally, the apparatus indicated by the information may further include a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for the apparatus indicated by the information to communicate with other devices. When the device indicated by the information is the terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit, or the like.
在一种可能的设计中,该信息指示的装置包括:处理器和通信接口,In a possible design, the device indicated by the information includes: a processor and a communication interface,
该处理器用于运行计算机程序,以使得该信息指示的装置实现上述第一方面描述的任一种方法;The processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the device indicated by the information implements any one of the methods described in the first aspect;
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信。The processor communicates with the outside using the communication interface.
可以理解,该外部可以是处理器以外的对象,或者是该装置以外的对象。It will be appreciated that the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the apparatus.
在另一种可能的设计中,该信息指示的装置为芯片或芯片系统。该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another possible design, the device indicated by the information is a chip or a system of chips. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system. The processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
第六方面,提供一种用于信息指示的装置,该用于信息指示的装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法中网络设备的功能。A sixth aspect provides an apparatus for information indication, where the apparatus for information indication includes a processor for implementing the function of the network device in the method described in the second aspect above.
可选地,该用于信息指示的装置还可以包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器耦合,该处理器用于实现上述第二方面和第四方面描述的方法中网络设备的功能。Optionally, the apparatus for indicating information may further include a memory coupled to the processor, where the processor is configured to implement the functions of the network device in the methods described in the second aspect and the fourth aspect.
在一种可能的实现中,该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合,该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令,用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法中网络设备的功能。In one possible implementation, the memory is used to store program instructions and data. The memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the function of the network device in the method described in the second aspect above.
可选地,该用于信息指示的装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口用于该用于信息指示的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该用于信息指示的装置为网络设备时,该通信接口可以为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。Optionally, the apparatus for information indication may further include a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for the apparatus for information indication to communicate with other devices. When the means for information indication is a network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit, or the like.
在一种可能的设计中,该用于信息指示的装置包括:处理器和通信接口,In a possible design, the means for indicating information includes: a processor and a communication interface,
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信;The processor communicates with the outside using the communication interface;
该处理器用于运行计算机程序,以使得该用于信息指示的装置实现上述第二方面描述的任一种方法。The processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the apparatus for information indication implements any one of the methods described in the second aspect above.
可以理解,该外部可以是处理器以外的对象,或者是该装置以外的对象。It will be appreciated that the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the apparatus.
在另一种可能的设计中,该用于信息指示的装置为芯片或芯片系统。该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another possible design, the means for indicating information is a chip or a chip system. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system. The processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
第七方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指 令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer executes the methods described in the above aspects.
第八方面,本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the methods described in the above aspects.
第九方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括第三方面所示的信息指示的装置和第四方面所示的用于信息指示的装置。In a ninth aspect, a communication system is provided, including the apparatus for information indication shown in the third aspect and the apparatus for information indication shown in the fourth aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种芯片装置,包括处理电路,该处理电路用于从存储器中调用并运行程序,使得安装有该芯片装置的通信设备执行上述第一和第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a chip device is provided, including a processing circuit, which is used to call and run a program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip device can perform any one of the above-mentioned first and second aspects. method in the implementation.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是适用于本申请实施例的通信系统100的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for information indication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请提供的信息指示的装置300的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 300 for indicating information provided by the present application.
图4是适用于本申请实施例的终端设备400的结构示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 400 suitable for an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请提供的信息指示的装置500的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 500 for indicating information provided by the present application.
图6是适用于本申请实施例的网络设备600的结构示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 600 suitable for this embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统、NR等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。通信系统还可以是陆上公用移动通信网(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络、设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信系统、物联网(internet of Things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system, NR, etc. The technical solutions provided in this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. The communication system may also be a public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, an object Internet of Things (IoT) communication system or other communication system.
本申请实施例中的终端设备(terminal equipment)可以指无人机(unmanned aerial vehicle,UAV)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备或者未来车联网中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment (terminal equipment) in the embodiments of the present application may refer to an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile station Device, user terminal (user terminal), user equipment (UE), terminal (terminal), wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment. The terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminals in the future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) The device or the terminal device in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc., is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手 套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of this application, a wearable device may also be referred to as a wearable smart device, which is a general term for intelligently designing daily wearable devices and developing wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是IoT系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中,IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band,NB)技术,做到海量连接,深度覆盖,终端省电。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the IoT system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Interconnection, the intelligent network of the interconnection of things and things. In the embodiments of the present application, the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, a narrow band (narrow band, NB) technology.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器,主要功能包括收集数据(部分终端设备)、接收网络设备的控制信息与下行数据,并发送电磁波,向网络设备传输上行数据。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations, and the main functions include collecting data (part of terminal devices), receiving control information and downlink data of network devices, and sending electromagnetic waves. , to transmit uplink data to the network device.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的通信设备。该设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB,HeNB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G系统,如,NR系统中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。The network device in this embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with a wireless transceiver function that is used to communicate with a terminal device. The device includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC) , base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved NodeB, HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) system Access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc. It can also be a 5G system, such as, The gNB in the NR system, or the transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or, it can also be a network node that constitutes the gNB or transmission point, Such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) and so on.
在一些部署中,本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是指集中单元(central unit,CU)或者DU或者,网络设备包括CU和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the network device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to a central unit (central unit, CU) or DU, or the network device includes a CU and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing functions of radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, therefore, in this architecture, the higher-layer signaling, such as the RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU. , or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network devices in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network devices in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
进一步地,CU还可以划分为控制面的中央单元(CU-CP)和用户面的中央单元(CU-UP)。其中,CU-CP和CU-UP也可以部署在不同的物理设备上,CU-CP负责控制面功能,主要包含RRC层和PDCP-C层。PDCP-C层主要负责控制面数据的加解密,完整性保护,数据传输等。CU-UP负责用户面功能,主要包含SDAP层和PDCP-U层。其 中SDAP层主要负责将核心网的数据进行处理并将流(flow)映射到承载。PDCP-U层主要负责数据面的加解密,完整性保护,头压缩,序列号维护,数据传输等至少一种功能。具体地,CU-CP和CU-UP通过通信接口(例如,E1接口)连接。CU-CP代表网络设备通过通信接口(例如,Ng接口)和核心网设备连接,通过通信接口(例如,F1-C(控制面)接口)和DU连接。CU-UP通过通信接口(例如,F1-U(用户面)接口)和DU连接。Further, the CU can be further divided into a central unit of the control plane (CU-CP) and a central unit of the user plane (CU-UP). Among them, CU-CP and CU-UP can also be deployed on different physical devices, CU-CP is responsible for control plane functions, mainly including RRC layer and PDCP-C layer. The PDCP-C layer is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of control plane data, integrity protection, and data transmission. CU-UP is responsible for user plane functions, mainly including SDAP layer and PDCP-U layer. The SDAP layer is mainly responsible for processing the data of the core network and mapping the flow to the bearer. The PDCP-U layer is mainly responsible for at least one function of data plane encryption and decryption, integrity protection, header compression, serial number maintenance, and data transmission. Specifically, the CU-CP and the CU-UP are connected through a communication interface (eg, an E1 interface). CU-CP represents that network equipment is connected to core network equipment through a communication interface (eg, Ng interface), and is connected to DU through a communication interface (eg, F1-C (control plane) interface). The CU-UP is connected to the DU through a communication interface (eg, F1-U (user plane) interface).
还有一种可能的实现,PDCP-C层也包含在CU-UP中。There is also a possible implementation where the PDCP-C layer is also included in the CU-UP.
可以理解的是,以上关于CU和DU,以及CU-CP和CU-UP的协议层划分仅为示例,也可能有其他的划分方式,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It can be understood that the above protocol layer division about CU and DU, and CU-CP and CU-UP is only an example, and there may be other division manners, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例所提及的网络设备可以为包括CU、或DU、或包括CU和DU的设备、或者控制面CU节点(CU-CP节点)和用户面CU节点(CU-UP节点)以及DU节点的设备。The network device mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a device including a CU, or a DU, or a device including a CU and a DU, or a control plane CU node (CU-CP node), a user plane CU node (CU-UP node), and a DU Node's device.
网络设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球或者卫星上。本申请实施例中对网络设备和终端设备所处的场景不做限定。Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle; can also be deployed on water; can also be deployed in the air on aircraft, balloons or satellites. In the embodiments of this application, the scenarios in which the network device and the terminal device are located are not limited.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. This hardware layer includes hardware such as central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also called main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读存储介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Additionally, various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus, or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or medium. For example, computer readable media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact discs (CDs), digital versatile discs (DVDs) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), card, stick or key drives, etc.). Additionally, various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable storage medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先以图1中示出的通信系统为例详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。图1是适用于本申请实施例的通信系统100的示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,例如图1所示的网络设备110;该通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,例如图1所示的终端设备120。网络设备110与终端设备120可通过无线链路通信。各通信设备,如网络设备110或终端设备120,均可以配置至少一个天线。对于该通信系统100中的每一个通信设备而言,所配置的至少一个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线。一种可能的方式中,该通信系统100中的各通信设备之间,如网络设备110与终端设备120之间,可通过多天线技术通信。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, firstly, a communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application is described in detail by taking the communication system shown in FIG. 1 as an example. FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1 ; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1 . The network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may communicate via a wireless link. Each communication device, such as the network device 110 or the terminal device 120, may be configured with at least one antenna. For each communication device in the communication system 100, the configured at least one antenna may include at least one transmit antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receive antenna for receiving signals. In a possible manner, communication between various communication devices in the communication system 100, such as between the network device 110 and the terminal device 120, may be communicated through a multi-antenna technology.
网络设备110可以与终端设备120进行通信。终端设备120可以接收来自网络设备 110的数据信道、控制信道。终端设备120可以向网络设备110发送数据信道的反馈信息,比如,发送混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ-ACK)信息,HARQ-ACK信息可以包括肯定确认(acknowledgement,ACK)、否定确认(negative-acknowledgement,NACK)或表示其他状态的信息等。The network device 110 may communicate with the terminal device 120 . Terminal device 120 may receive data channels, control channels from network device 110. The terminal device 120 may send the feedback information of the data channel to the network device 110, for example, send a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ-ACK) information, and the HARQ-ACK information may include a positive acknowledgment (acknowledgement, ACK), a negative Acknowledgment (negative-acknowledgement, NACK) or other state information, etc.
应理解,图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该通信系统100中还可以包括其他网络设备如还可以包括无线中继设备和无线回传设备,或者该通信系统100中还可以包括其他终端设备,图1中未予以画出。It should be understood that FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for easy understanding, and the communication system 100 may also include other network devices, such as a wireless relay device and a wireless backhaul device, or the communication system 100 may also include other network devices. Terminal equipment, not shown in Figure 1.
示例性地,通信系统100中还可以包括核心网设备,网络设备110可以通过无线或有线方式与核心网设备连接。核心网设备与网络设备110可以是独立的不同的物理设备,也可以是将核心网设备的功能与网络设备110的逻辑功能集成在同一个物理设备上,还可以是一个物理设备上集成了部分核心网设备的功能和部分的网络设备110的功能。Exemplarily, the communication system 100 may further include a core network device, and the network device 110 may be connected to the core network device in a wireless or wired manner. The core network device and the network device 110 may be independent and different physical devices, or the functions of the core network device and the logical functions of the network device 110 may be integrated on the same physical device, or part of a physical device may be integrated. The functions of the core network equipment and part of the functions of the network equipment 110 .
为便于理解本申请实施例,对本申请实施例中涉及的几个基本概念做简单说明。应理解,下文中所介绍的基本概念是以NR协议中规定的基本概念为例进行简单说明,但并不限定本申请实施例只能够应用于NR系统。因此,以NR系统为例描述时出现的标准名称,都是功能性描述,具体名称并不限定,仅表示设备的功能,可以对应的扩展到其它系统,比如4G或未来通信系统中。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, several basic concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application are briefly described. It should be understood that the basic concepts introduced in the following are briefly described by taking the basic concepts specified in the NR protocol as an example, but it is not limited that the embodiments of the present application can only be applied to the NR system. Therefore, the standard names that appear when describing the NR system as an example are all functional descriptions. The specific names are not limited, but only represent the functions of the device, which can be extended to other systems, such as 4G or future communication systems.
1、PUSCH传输:1. PUSCH transmission:
NR通信系统中,PUSCH的传输支持两种传输方案:基于码本的传输和基于非码本的传输。终端设备能够根据网络设备发送的探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)进行信道测量。网络设备通过SRS-ResourceSet(或其他的高层参数)为终端设备配置一个或多个SRS资源集,每个SRS资源集中都包含参数用例(usage)(如,参数用例包括:码本(codebook)、非码本(nonCodebook)、波束管理(beamManagement)以及天线切换(antennaSwitching)),用来确定该SRS资源集的功能。In the NR communication system, PUSCH transmission supports two transmission schemes: codebook-based transmission and non-codebook-based transmission. The terminal device can perform channel measurement according to the sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS) sent by the network device. The network device configures one or more SRS resource sets for the terminal device through the SRS-ResourceSet (or other high-level parameters), and each SRS resource set contains parameter usages (for example, the parameter usages include: codebook, Non-codebook (nonCodebook), beam management (beamManagement) and antenna switching (antennaSwitching) are used to determine the function of the SRS resource set.
以上4种参数用例分别对应四种不同的功能,其中,codebook对应支持基于码本的上行传输、nonCodebook对应支持基于非码本的上行传输、beamManagement对应波束管理以及antennaSwitching对应天线切换。网络设备根据接收到的SRS获得上行(或下行)信道信息,并根据信道信息做数据调度。The above four parameter use cases correspond to four different functions respectively. Among them, codebook corresponds to codebook-based uplink transmission, nonCodebook corresponds to non-codebook-based uplink transmission, beamManagement corresponds to beam management, and antennaSwitching corresponds to antenna switching. The network device obtains uplink (or downlink) channel information according to the received SRS, and performs data scheduling according to the channel information.
2、上行功率控制机制:2. Uplink power control mechanism:
NR通信系统中,第15版(release15,R15)协议以及第16版(release16,R16)协议中规定PUSCH的发射功率的计算方法如下:In the NR communication system, the 15th (release15, R15) protocol and the 16th (release16, R16) protocol stipulate that the calculation method of the transmit power of the PUSCH is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000001
式中:where:
P CMAX,f,c(i)为终端配置的最大发射功率; P CMAX,f,c (i) is the maximum transmit power configured by the terminal;
P O_PUSCH,b,f,c(j)为基站静态工作点; P O_PUSCH,b,f,c (j) is the static working point of the base station;
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000002
反映PUSCH的带宽对功率的影响;
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000002
Reflect the impact of PUSCH bandwidth on power;
PL b,f,c(q d)为下行路损; PL b,f,c (q d ) is the downlink path loss;
α b,f,c(j)为路损补偿因子; α b, f, c (j) is the path loss compensation factor;
Δ TF,b,f,c(i)反映的是码率对发射功率的影响; ΔTF ,b,f,c (i) reflects the influence of code rate on transmit power;
f b,f,c(i,l)为发射功率控制(transmit power control,TPC)命令引入的功控调整量。 f b, f, c (i, l) is the power control adjustment amount introduced by the transmit power control (transmit power control, TPC) command.
其中,TPC字段用于指示上行信息的功率控制调整,网络设备通过TPC字段在高层参数指示的功控值的基础上对功率分配做闭环调整。需要注意的是,NR通信系统中,上行4流及以下都复用在同一个码字上,因此对于4流及以下的场景,只能为所调度的所有流的数据选择同一个MCS。The TPC field is used to indicate the power control adjustment of the uplink information, and the network device performs closed-loop adjustment of the power allocation based on the power control value indicated by the high-level parameter through the TPC field. It should be noted that in the NR communication system, the upstream 4 streams and below are all multiplexed on the same codeword. Therefore, for the scenario of 4 streams and below, only the same MCS can be selected for the data of all the scheduled streams.
按以上公式计算的功率为PUSCH的发射总功率,每个端口的功率为该总功率在各端口的平均分配。The power calculated according to the above formula is the total transmission power of the PUSCH, and the power of each port is the average distribution of the total power in each port.
SRS和PUSCH采用类似的功控方式,终端设备会将传输功率P SRS,b,f,c(i,q s,l)均等地分配到为SRS配置的天线端口上。 SRS and PUSCH use similar power control methods, and the terminal equipment will equally distribute the transmission power P SRS,b,f,c (i,q s ,l) to the antenna ports configured for the SRS.
如果终端设备基于SRS-ResourceSet的配置在服务小区c的载波f的上行部分带宽(band width part,BWP)b上用SRS功率控制调整状态l发送SRS,终端设备在一次SRS发送上通过以下公式确定P SRS,b,f,c(i,q s,l): If the terminal device transmits SRS in the SRS power control adjustment state 1 on the uplink part bandwidth (band width part, BWP) b of the carrier f of the serving cell c based on the configuration of the SRS-ResourceSet, the terminal device determines the SRS transmission by the following formula P SRS,b,f,c (i,q s ,l):
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000003
式中:where:
P CMAX,f,c(i)是终端设备配置的在服务小区c的载波f上的一次SRS发送i的最大输出功率; P CMAX,f,c (i) is the maximum output power of one SRS transmission i configured by the terminal equipment on the carrier f of the serving cell c;
P O_SRS,b,f,c(q s)是网络设备想要获得的SRS功率,通过SRS-ResourceSet中的参数p0配置; P O_SRS,b,f,c (q s ) is the SRS power that the network device wants to obtain, which is configured by the parameter p0 in the SRS-ResourceSet;
q s是指SRS资源集; q s refers to the SRS resource set;
M SRS,b,f,c(i)是SRS带宽; M SRS,b,f,c (i) is the SRS bandwidth;
α SRS,b,f,c(q s)是路损补偿因子,通过SRS-ResourceSet中的参数alpha配置; α SRS,b,f,c (q s ) is the path loss compensation factor, which is configured by the parameter alpha in SRS-ResourceSet;
PL b,f,c(q d)是下行路损估计,通过SRS-ResourceSet中配置的路损参考信号进行测量; PL b,f,c (q d ) is the downlink path loss estimation, which is measured by the path loss reference signal configured in the SRS-ResourceSet;
h b,f,c(i,l)是闭环功率调整,通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)进行指示。 h b,f,c (i,l) is the closed-loop power adjustment, which is indicated by downlink control information (DCI).
SRS可以和PUSCH联合功控,即SRS的功率调整量和PUSCH的功率调整量由同一个DCI的TPC字段指示;或者,The SRS and PUSCH can be jointly controlled for power, that is, the power adjustment amount of the SRS and the power adjustment amount of the PUSCH are indicated by the TPC field of the same DCI; or,
SRS的功控也可以独立进行,此时SRS的TPC命令通过承载在物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)上的DCI格式2_3下发给终端设备。The power control of the SRS can also be performed independently. At this time, the TPC command of the SRS is sent to the terminal device through the DCI format 2_3 carried on the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
另外,PUCCH和PUSCH采用类似的功控方式计算上行功率,可以参考目前相关技术的介绍,本申请中对此不做限定。In addition, the PUCCH and the PUSCH use a similar power control method to calculate the uplink power, and reference may be made to the introduction of the current related technology, which is not limited in this application.
3、非周期SRS的触发:3. Trigger of aperiodic SRS:
对于非周期探测参考信号(aperiodic SRS,AP-SRS),当终端设备接收到一个用于下行调度的DCII,或用于上行调度的DCI,或组公共DCI时,DCI的SRS request filed中至少存在一个状态用于触发所配置的0个、一个或多个SRS资源集,如表1所示:For an aperiodic sounding reference signal (aperiodic SRS, AP-SRS), when the terminal device receives a DCII for downlink scheduling, or a DCI for uplink scheduling, or a group common DCI, there is at least one SRS request filed in the DCI. A state is used to trigger 0, one or more SRS resource sets configured, as shown in Table 1:
表1 SRS请求字段(SRS request filed)Table 1 SRS request field (SRS request filed)
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000004
4、端口(port):4. Port:
可以理解为被接收设备所识别的虚拟天线。在本申请实施例中,端口可以是指发射天线端口,例如,每个端口的参考信号可以是未经过预编码的参考信号,也可以是基于一个时延向量对参考信号进行预编码得到的预编码参考信号;端口也可以是指经过波束赋形后的参考信号端口,例如,每个端口的参考信号可以是基于一个角度向量对参考信号进行预编码得到的预编码参考信号,也可以是基于一个角度向量和一个时延向量对参考信号进行预编码得到的预编码参考信号。每个端口的信号可以通过一个或者多个无线承载(radio bear,RB)传输。It can be understood as a virtual antenna recognized by the receiving device. In this embodiment of the present application, a port may refer to a transmit antenna port. For example, the reference signal of each port may be an unprecoded reference signal, or a precoding obtained by precoding the reference signal based on a delay vector. Coded reference signal; port can also refer to the reference signal port after beamforming, for example, the reference signal of each port can be a precoded reference signal obtained by precoding the reference signal based on an angle vector, or it can be based on A precoded reference signal obtained by precoding the reference signal with an angle vector and a delay vector. The signal of each port can be transmitted through one or more radio bearers (RBs).
其中,发射天线端口,可以是指实际的独立发送单元(transceiver unit,TxRU)。可以理解的是,若对参考信号做了空域预编码,则端口数可以是指参考信号端口数,该参考信号端口数可以小于发射天线端口数。The transmit antenna port may refer to an actual independent transmit unit (transceiver unit, TxRU). It can be understood that if spatial domain precoding is performed on the reference signal, the number of ports may refer to the number of reference signal ports, and the number of reference signal ports may be smaller than the number of transmit antenna ports.
具体地,在一个符号上通过一个天线端口传输的信道可以根据与另一个符号上通过相同天线端口传输的信道推测获得。Specifically, the channel transmitted through one antenna port on one symbol can be obtained by inference from the channel transmitted through the same antenna port on another symbol.
在下文示出的实施例中,在涉及发射天线端口时,可以是指未进行空域预编码的端口数。即,是实际的独立发送单元数。在涉及端口时,在不同的实施例中,可以是指发射天线端口,也可以是指参考信号端口。端口所表达的具体含义可以根据具体实施例来确定。In the embodiments shown below, when referring to transmit antenna ports, it may refer to the number of ports that are not subjected to spatial precoding. That is, it is the actual number of independent transmission units. When referring to a port, in different embodiments, it may refer to a transmit antenna port or a reference signal port. The specific meaning expressed by the port can be determined according to the specific embodiment.
5、上行多天线发送信号:5. Uplink multi-antenna sending signals:
终端设备在特定时刻的特定角度下,由于制作工艺、生产成本等因素的限制,以及遮挡等环境因素(如终端设备内部电路板),不同端口对应的信道的大尺度参数不同,即两个端口对应的信道分别可以表示为h 1和αh 2(α<1)。以两个端口分别对应两个数据流为例,假设上行发射端采用的预编码矩阵为:
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000005
则发射信号可以表示为:
At a specific angle of the terminal device at a specific time, due to the limitations of the manufacturing process, production cost and other factors, as well as environmental factors such as occlusion (such as the internal circuit board of the terminal device), the large-scale parameters of the channels corresponding to different ports are different, that is, the two ports The corresponding channels can be denoted as h 1 and αh 2 (α<1), respectively. Taking two ports corresponding to two data streams as an example, it is assumed that the precoding matrix used by the uplink transmitter is:
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000005
Then the transmitted signal can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000006
该情况下,网络设备的接收信号为:In this case, the received signal of the network device is:
y=Hx+ny=Hx+n
其中,H=[h 1 αh 2],则两个数据流的SINR分别为 Among them, H=[h 1 αh 2 ], then the SINRs of the two data streams are respectively
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2022083248-appb-000007
根据目前的协议,对于一次上行传输而言,不同端口之间的发射功率是平均分配的,从上式可以看出,由于在特定时刻下存在α,网络设备侧接收到的不同端口发送的信号之间存在较大的信号功率差,进而导致不同端口对应数据流的信干噪比(signal interference noise rate,SINR)相差较大,因此两个数据流分别对应的合适的调制编码方案(Modulation Coding Scheme,MCS)不同。According to the current protocol, for an uplink transmission, the transmit power between different ports is evenly distributed. It can be seen from the above formula that due to the existence of α at a specific moment, the signals sent by different ports received by the network device side There is a large signal power difference between the two data streams, which leads to a large difference in the signal interference noise ratio (SINR) of the data streams corresponding to different ports. Scheme, MCS) are different.
由上述可知,目前技术中涉及的PUSCH传输网络设备通过MCS向终端设备指示PUSCH的调制方式和信道编码的码率。如当上行信道质量较优(如SINR较高时),网络设备可以提高MCS从而提高上行速率。此外,网络设备也会根据PUSCH的初传误块率(block error rate,BLER)调整MCS,当BLER超过一定门限值时降低MCS,当BLER低于一定门限值时提高MCS,从而使BLER维持在一定的水平,比如10%,进而使上行速率达到最大。It can be seen from the above that the PUSCH transmission network device involved in the current technology indicates the modulation mode of the PUSCH and the code rate of the channel coding to the terminal device through the MCS. For example, when the uplink channel quality is better (eg, when the SINR is high), the network device can increase the MCS to increase the uplink rate. In addition, the network device will also adjust the MCS according to the initial transmission block error rate (BLER) of the PUSCH. When the BLER exceeds a certain threshold, the MCS is reduced, and when the BLER is lower than a certain threshold, the MCS is increased, so that the BLER Maintain it at a certain level, say 10%, to maximize the upstream rate.
本申请实施例中涉及的上行数据或上行信号包括PUSCH、PUCCH或SRS等。The uplink data or uplink signals involved in the embodiments of the present application include PUSCH, PUCCH, SRS, and the like.
因此,目前技术中涉及的上行多天线发送信号会带来以下问题:Therefore, the uplink multi-antenna transmission signal involved in the current technology will bring the following problems:
1)当信道质量较差的上行端口采用码率较高的MCS时,会导致网络设备对该上行端口所发送的分信号的解码错误率较高;1) When an uplink port with poor channel quality adopts an MCS with a higher code rate, the decoding error rate of the sub-signal sent by the network device to the uplink port is high;
2)当信道质量较好的上行端口无法基于码率更高的MCS发送上行信号的分信号,会限制信道质量较好的上行端口的传输能力。2) When the uplink port with better channel quality cannot send the sub-signal of the uplink signal based on the MCS with higher code rate, the transmission capacity of the uplink port with better channel quality will be limited.
上述的上行多天线发送信号的方式,可能一方面不利于提高通信系统的上行吞吐量,另一方面浪费了对应接收功率高的端口的发射功率。The above-mentioned manner of transmitting signals with multiple antennas in the uplink may not be conducive to improving the uplink throughput of the communication system on the one hand, and waste the transmit power corresponding to the port with high receiving power on the other hand.
为了解决上述的目前技术中可能存在的缺陷,目前提供一种多天线发送信号的方法:In order to solve the above-mentioned possible defects in the current technology, a method for transmitting signals with multiple antennas is currently provided:
采用单端口发送,即同一时刻只会有一个天线端口发射。发射时,选择路损小的天线进行上行发射。因为内部电路遮挡等因素会导致部分天线的上行发射信号受到较强衰减,选择路损小的天线进行上行发射可避免在被遮挡的天线发送上行信号。Single-port transmission is used, that is, only one antenna port transmits at the same time. When transmitting, select an antenna with a small path loss for uplink transmission. Due to internal circuit occlusion and other factors, the uplink transmit signal of some antennas will be strongly attenuated. Selecting an antenna with a small path loss for uplink transmission can avoid sending uplink signals on the blocked antenna.
但是,NR通信系统是支持多输入多输出(multi-input multi-output,MIMO)的,以提高频谱效率、吞吐量及系统容量。采用该单端口发送方式限制了上行MIMO的数据流数,从而限制了上行频谱效率和上行吞吐量的提高。However, NR communication systems support multi-input multi-output (MIMO) to improve spectral efficiency, throughput and system capacity. Adopting this single-port transmission mode limits the number of data streams of the uplink MIMO, thereby limiting the improvement of the uplink spectral efficiency and the uplink throughput.
目前还提供一种多天线发送信号的方法:网络设备侧根据测到的终端设备各端口的信号功率,通过TPC命令提高网络设备收到的信号功率低的端口的发射功率,或降低网络设备收到的信号功率高的端口的发射功率,从而使网络设备收到的各端口功率平衡。At present, a method for transmitting signals with multiple antennas is also provided: the network device side, according to the measured signal power of each port of the terminal device, uses TPC commands to increase the transmit power of the port with low signal power received by the network device, or reduce the network device's receiving power. The transmit power of the port with high signal power received, so that the power of each port received by the network device is balanced.
但是TPC命令为2比特,对应4个功率调整量,用来闭环调整终端设备的一次发射功率。如表2所示,TPC有累加型和绝对值型两种,对于累加型,当前功控调整量为当前 以及以前各次TPC命令对应的功控调整量的总和;对于绝对值型,当前功控调整量为当前TPC命令对应的功控调整量。如果新增加字段用于指示不同端口的功率提高或降低值,会造成DCI开销的增加。However, the TPC command is 2 bits, corresponding to 4 power adjustment quantities, which are used to close-loop adjust the primary transmit power of the terminal device. As shown in Table 2, there are two types of TPC: cumulative type and absolute value type. For the cumulative type, the current power control adjustment amount is the sum of the power control adjustment amounts corresponding to the current and previous TPC commands; for the absolute value type, the current power control adjustment The control adjustment amount is the power control adjustment amount corresponding to the current TPC command. If the newly added field is used to indicate the power increase or decrease value of different ports, the DCI overhead will increase.
表2 TPC命令的映射规则Table 2 Mapping rules of TPC commands
TPC命令字段TPC command field 累加型cumulative 绝对值型absolute value
00 -1-1 -4-4
11 00 -1-1
22 11 11
33 33 44
为了解决上述多天线发送信号的方法中存在的缺陷,本申请提供一种信息指示的方法。通过指示信息隐式或者显式指示终端设备各个端口对应的功控值,使得不同端口(或端口集合)传输的信号经过信道状态(例如对应的信道大尺度参数信息)不同的信道之后,网络设备接收到的不同端口(或端口集合)的信号功率平衡,从而提高上行吞吐量,或在保证一定的吞吐量的前提下降低终端功耗。In order to solve the defects in the above-mentioned method for transmitting signals with multiple antennas, the present application provides a method for information indication. The power control value corresponding to each port of the terminal device is implicitly or explicitly indicated by the indication information, so that after the signals transmitted by different ports (or port sets) pass through channels with different channel states (such as corresponding channel large-scale parameter information), the network device The received signal power of different ports (or port sets) is balanced, thereby improving the uplink throughput, or reducing the power consumption of the terminal on the premise of ensuring a certain throughput.
下文示出的实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。The embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be executed to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute a program.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,做出以下几点说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following points are described.
第一,在本申请中,“用于指示”可以理解为“使能”,“使能”可以包括直接使能和间接使能。当描述某一信息使能A时,可以包括该信息直接使能A或间接使能A,而并不代表该信息中一定携带有A。First, in this application, "to indicate" may be understood as "enable", and "enable" may include direct enabling and indirect enabling. When describing that a certain information enables A, it may include that the information directly enables A or indirectly enables A, but it does not mean that the information must carry A.
将信息所使能的信息称为待使能信息,则具体实现过程中,对待使能信息进行使能的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接使能待使能信息,如待使能信息本身或者该待使能信息的索引等。也可以通过使能其他信息来间接使能待使能信息,其中该其他信息与待使能信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅使能待使能信息的一部分,而待使能信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的使能,从而在一定程度上降低使能开销。同时,还可以识别各个信息的通用部分并统一使能,以降低单独使能同样的信息而带来的使能开销。The information enabled by the information is called the information to be enabled. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to enable the information to be enabled. For example, but not limited to, the information to be enabled can be directly enabled. The enabling information itself or the index of the information to be enabled, etc. The information to be enabled may also be indirectly enabled by enabling other information, where there is an associated relationship between the other information and the information to be enabled. It is also possible to enable only a part of the information to be enabled, while other parts of the information to be enabled are known or agreed in advance. For example, the enabling of specific information may also be implemented by means of a pre-agreed (for example, a protocol stipulated) arrangement order of various information, thereby reducing enabling overhead to a certain extent. At the same time, the common part of each information can also be identified and enabled in a unified manner, so as to reduce the enabling overhead caused by enabling the same information separately.
第二,在本申请中示出的第一、第二以及各种数字编号(例如,“#1”、“#2”等)仅为描述方便,用于区分的对象,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同指示信息等。而不是用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样描述的对象在适当情况下可以互换,以便能够描述本申请的实施例以外的方案。Second, the first, second and various numerical numbers (for example, "#1", "#2", etc.) shown in this application are only for the convenience of description and are used for distinguishing objects and are not used to limit the present application. Scope of application examples. For example, distinguish between different indication information and so on. It is not intended to describe a particular order or sequence. It should be understood that the objects so described may be interchanged under appropriate circumstances so as to be able to describe solutions other than the embodiments of the present application.
第三,在本申请中,“预设的”可包括预先定义,例如,协议定义。其中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备或网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。Third, in this application, "preset" may include predefined definitions, eg, protocol definitions. Wherein, "pre-definition" can be achieved by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment or network equipment), and this application does not make specific implementation methods. limited.
第四,本申请实施例中涉及的“保存”,可以是指的保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器,可以是单独的设置,也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器,处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器,也可以是一部分单独设置,一部分集成在译码 器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质,本申请并不对此限定。Fourth, the "storage" involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to being stored in one or more memories. The one or more memories may be set separately, or may be integrated in an encoder or a decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The one or more memories may also be partially provided separately and partially integrated in the decoder, processor, or communication device. The type of memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
第五,本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括5G协议、新空口(new radio,NR)协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。Fifth, the "protocols" involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, such as 5G protocols, new radio (NR) protocols, and related protocols applied in future communication systems. The application is not limited.
第六,在本申请实施例中,控制信道可以包括PDCCH、增强物理下行控制信道(enhanced physical downlink control channel,EPDCCH)等其它物理层控制信道,但为了描述方便,下面的术语或概念仅以PDCCH为例进行说明,但本申请实施例并不限于此。Sixth, in the embodiment of the present application, the control channel may include other physical layer control channels such as PDCCH, enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH), etc., but for the convenience of description, the following terms or concepts only refer to PDCCH. An example is used for description, but the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
应理解,本申请实施例中是以下行控制信道为物理下行控制信道PDCCH为例进行说明,但并不对本申请实施例构成限定,事实上,下行控制信道也可能定义为其他的术语或概念,均适用本申请实施例的技术方案。在本申请实施例中,下行控制信道和PDCCH可能会交替使用,可以认为PDCCH是下行控制信道的一种示例描述。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the downlink control channel is the physical downlink control channel PDCCH as an example for description, but this does not constitute a limitation to the embodiments of the present application. In fact, the downlink control channel may also be defined as other terms or concepts. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are all applicable. In this embodiment of the present application, the downlink control channel and the PDCCH may be used alternately, and the PDCCH can be considered as an example description of the downlink control channel.
第七,还应理解,本申请实施例中是以上行共享信道PUSCH为例进行说明,但并不对本申请实施例构成限定,事实上,上行共享信道也可能定义为其他的术语或概念,均适用本申请实施例的技术方案。在本申请实施例中,上行共享信道和PUSCH可能会交替使用,可以认为PUSCH是上行共享信道的一种示例描述。Seventh, it should also be understood that the uplink shared channel PUSCH is used as an example for description in the embodiments of the present application, but does not constitute a limitation to the embodiments of the present application. In fact, the uplink shared channel may also be defined as other terms or concepts. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are applicable. In the embodiments of the present application, the uplink shared channel and the PUSCH may be used alternately, and the PUSCH can be considered as an example description of the uplink shared channel.
本申请实施例提供信息指示的方法可以应用于图1中所示的通信系统。应理解,本申请实施例提供信息指示的方法还可以应用于其他的通信系统中,这里不再赘述。The method for providing information indication in this embodiment of the present application may be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 . It should be understood that the method for providing information indication in this embodiment of the present application may also be applied to other communication systems, and details are not described herein again.
应用在某个通信系统中,接收端所执行的步骤参考下述的终端设备,发送端所执行的步骤参考下述的网络设备的,发送端和接收端之间的传输,可以通过无线电波来传输,也可以通过可见光、激光、红外、光纤等传输媒介来传输,下面不再赘述。Applied in a certain communication system, the steps performed by the receiver refer to the following terminal equipment, and the steps performed by the sender refer to the following network equipment. The transmission between the sender and the receiver can be performed by radio waves. Transmission can also be transmitted through transmission media such as visible light, laser, infrared, optical fiber, etc., which will not be described in detail below.
以下,不失一般性,以终端设备和网络设备之间的交互为例详细说明本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法。Hereinafter, without loss of generality, an interaction between a terminal device and a network device is used as an example to describe the information indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application in detail.
图2是本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法的示意性流程图。该方法至少包括以下部分步骤:FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for information indication provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes at least some of the following steps:
S210,终端设备获取DCI。示例性地,网络设备向终端设备发送DCI(或者说终端设备接收来自网络设备的DCI)。S210, the terminal device acquires DCI. Exemplarily, the network device sends DCI to the terminal device (or the terminal device receives DCI from the network device).
该DCI中包括RS请求字段和第一字段,该RS请求字段用于指示被触发的RS资源集,或者说,RS请求字段用于确定终端设备将要发送的RS。The DCI includes an RS request field and a first field, where the RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, or in other words, the RS request field is used to determine the RS to be sent by the terminal device.
RS请求字段,例如可以是SRS请求字段。RS请求字段也可以描述为RS请求域。需要说明的是,RS请求字段的名称用于举例,并不构成对本申请的限定,随着标准的演进,可能用其他名称描述RS请求字段,其他用于描述RS请求字段本质的名称理应落入本申请的保护范围。The RS request field may be, for example, an SRS request field. The RS request field can also be described as the RS request field. It should be noted that the name of the RS request field is used as an example and does not constitute a limitation to this application. With the evolution of the standard, other names may be used to describe the RS request field, and other names used to describe the essence of the RS request field should fall into the scope of protection of this application.
为了便于理解,下文中以RS请求字段为探测参考信号SRS请求字段,RS资源集为SRS资源集为例进行说明,但是本申请中对于名称不做限定。For ease of understanding, the following description takes the RS request field as the sounding reference signal SRS request field and the RS resource set as the SRS resource set as an example for description, but the name is not limited in this application.
需要说明的是,本申请中对于如何在DCI中携带SRS请求字段和第一字段不做限定。例如,SRS请求字段和第一字段可以是DCI中两个不同的字段;还例如,SRS请求字段和第一字段可以是DCI中某个字段的两个部分。It should be noted that this application does not limit how to carry the SRS request field and the first field in the DCI. For example, the SRS request field and the first field may be two different fields in the DCI; also for example, the SRS request field and the first field may be two parts of a certain field in the DCI.
示例性地,图2所示的实施例中终端设备接收到DCI之后,根据DCI中携带的SRS 请求字段的状态确定第一字段用于确定第一信息或者第二信息,图2所示的方法流程还包括:Exemplarily, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, after receiving the DCI, the terminal device determines that the first field is used to determine the first information or the second information according to the state of the SRS request field carried in the DCI. The method shown in FIG. 2 The process also includes:
S220,终端设备根据SRS请求字段的状态确定第一字段用于确定第一信息或者第二信息。S220: The terminal device determines, according to the state of the SRS request field, that the first field is used to determine the first information or the second information.
可以理解为,本申请中DCI中的第一字段的指示功能根据SRS请求字段的状态不同而不同。例如,当SRS请求字段指示SRS资源集(例如,非周期SRS资源集)被触发时,第一字段用于确定第一信息,当SRS请求字段指示无SRS资源集被触发时,第一字段用于确定第二信息。It can be understood that the indication function of the first field in the DCI in this application varies according to the state of the SRS request field. For example, when the SRS request field indicates that an SRS resource set (eg, an aperiodic SRS resource set) is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information, and when the SRS request field indicates that no SRS resource set is triggered, the first field is used for determining the second information.
示例性地,第一信息和第二信息相异。Illustratively, the first information and the second information are different.
作为一种可能的实现方式,第一信息用于确定发送SRS(例如被触发的非周期SRS)的时间单元。As a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to determine a time unit for sending an SRS (eg, a triggered aperiodic SRS).
示例性地,第一信息可能是发送所述SRS资源集的可用时间单元;Exemplarily, the first information may be an available time unit for sending the SRS resource set;
示例性地,第一信息也可能是发送所述SRS的时间单元与用于触发该SRS资源集的DCI所在时间单元的时间偏移。Exemplarily, the first information may also be a time offset between the time unit in which the SRS is sent and the time unit where the DCI used to trigger the SRS resource set is located.
可选地,第一信息用于确定发送SRS的时间单元可以理解为该第一字段指示用于发送该SRS的时间单元;或者,Optionally, when the first information is used to determine the time unit for sending the SRS, it may be understood that the first field indicates the time unit for sending the SRS; or,
可以理解为,第一字段指示确定发送该SRS的时间单元的信息。It can be understood that the first field indicates the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS.
应理解,本申请实施例中网络设备如何向终端设备发送该DCI,可以参考目前相关技术中的描述,还可以参考未来通信技术中相关技术中的描述,本申请中不做限定。It should be understood that how the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to the description in the current related art, and may also refer to the description in the related art in the future communication technology, which is not limited in this application.
示例性地,图2所示的实施例中SRS请求字段可以理解为上述表1中所示的SRS request filed,本申请中对于SRS请求字段不做限定,可以参考目前相关技术中的描述。如SRS请求字段包括2个比特,一共四个状态“00”、“01”、“10”、“11”,其中,当SRS请求字段的状态为“00”时,指示无SRS资源集被触发,当SRS请求字段的状态为“01”、“10”和“11”指示SRS资源集被触发。其中,无SRS资源集被触发也可以理解为无SRS资源集需要发送,指示SRS资源集被触发也可以理解为发送SRS资源集。Exemplarily, the SRS request field in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 can be understood as the SRS request filed shown in Table 1 above, and the SRS request field is not limited in this application, and the description in the current related art can be referred to. For example, the SRS request field includes 2 bits, and there are four states "00", "01", "10", and "11" in total. When the state of the SRS request field is "00", it indicates that no SRS resource set is triggered , when the status of the SRS request field is "01", "10" and "11" indicating that the SRS resource set is triggered. Wherein, no SRS resource set is triggered can also be understood as no SRS resource set needs to be sent, indicating that the SRS resource set is triggered can also be understood as sending an SRS resource set.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中将用于指示被触发的SRS资源集的指示信息称为SRS请求字段只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,其他能够用于指示被触发的SRS资源集的指示信息也在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that in the embodiments of this application, the indication information used to indicate the triggered SRS resource set is called the SRS request field, which is just an example, and does not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of this application. Others can be used to indicate the triggered SRS resource set. The indication information of the SRS resource set is also within the protection scope of this application.
当SRS请求字段指示SRS资源集被触发时:When the SRS request field indicates that the SRS resource set is triggered:
作为一种可能的实现方式,第一字段为DCI中单独的字段(例如,新增的或已定义的字段)用于指示确定发送该SRS的时间单元的信息;As a possible implementation manner, the first field is a separate field in the DCI (for example, a newly added or defined field) used to indicate the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS;
作为另一种可能的实现方式,第一字段为DCI中单独的比特(例如,新增的或已定义的比特)用于指示确定发送该SRS的时间单元的信息;As another possible implementation manner, the first field is a separate bit (for example, a new or defined bit) in the DCI used to indicate the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS;
作为又一种可能的实现方式,第一字段为对DCI中已有字段新增的状态,该新增的状态指示用于指示确定发送该SRS的时间单元的信息;As another possible implementation manner, the first field is a state newly added to an existing field in the DCI, and the newly added state indicates information used to indicate the time unit for determining the transmission of the SRS;
作为又一种可能的实现方式,第一字段为对DCI中已有字段重新赋予解释,使得该已有字段用于指示确定发送该SRS的时间单元的信息;As another possible implementation manner, the first field is to re-interpret the existing field in the DCI, so that the existing field is used to indicate the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS;
作为又一种可能的实现方式,第一字段为为对DCI中已有比特重新赋予解释,使得该已有比特用于指示确定发送该SRS的时间单元的信息;As another possible implementation manner, the first field is to re-interpret the existing bits in the DCI, so that the existing bits are used to indicate the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS;
作为又一种可能的实现方式,第一字段为为对DCI中已有比特或字段的状态重新赋予解释,使得该状态用于指示确定发送该SRS的时间单元的信息。As another possible implementation manner, the first field is to re-interpret the state of an existing bit or field in the DCI, so that the state is used to indicate the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS.
应理解,上述的第一字段可能的形式只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,其他能够用于指示确定发送该SRS的时间单元的信息的指示信息或域都在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be understood that the possible forms of the above-mentioned first field are only examples, and do not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of this application. Other indication information or fields that can be used to indicate the information for determining the time unit for sending the SRS are all under the protection of this application. within the range.
另外,本申请实施例中涉及的时间单元可以是时隙、微时隙、半时隙、子帧、半帧、帧或符号等时间单位。为了便于理解,可以将时间单元替换为时隙。In addition, the time unit involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a time unit such as a time slot, a mini-slot, a half-slot, a subframe, a half-frame, a frame, or a symbol. For ease of understanding, time units may be replaced by time slots.
作为一种可能的实现方式,第二信息包括至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,该至少一个功率信息分别用于确定该至少一个端口的第一发送功率。上述的第一字段指示第二信息可以理解为第一字段指示至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息。As a possible implementation manner, the second information includes at least one piece of power information corresponding to at least one port respectively, and the at least one piece of power information is respectively used to determine the first transmit power of the at least one port. The above-mentioned first field indicating the second information may be understood as the first field indicating at least one power information corresponding to at least one port respectively.
本申请实施例中第一发送功率可以称为上行传输功率。下文中出现的第一发送功率和上行传输功率可以互相替换。In this embodiment of the present application, the first transmission power may be referred to as uplink transmission power. The first transmission power and the uplink transmission power appearing hereinafter may be replaced with each other.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,第二信息还可以用于确定多个TRP场景下不同TRP的功控参数。As another possible implementation manner, the second information may also be used to determine power control parameters of different TRPs in multiple TRP scenarios.
作为又一种可能的实现方式,第二信息还可以用于确定UE(例如RedCap UE)的频率资源分配;As another possible implementation manner, the second information may also be used to determine the frequency resource allocation of the UE (for example, a RedCap UE);
例如,第二信息用于确定UE被激活的部分带宽(bandwidth part,BWP)。For example, the second information is used to determine a bandwidth part (BWP) in which the UE is activated.
作为又一种可能的实现方式,第二信息还可以用于指示时隙格式指示(slot format indication,SFI)索引;As another possible implementation manner, the second information may also be used to indicate a slot format indication (slot format indication, SFI) index;
例如,第二信息用于指示把上行(uplink,UL)符号数不够的时隙F改为有更多UL符号的时隙F,或改为时隙U;For example, the second information is used to indicate that the time slot F with insufficient uplink (UL) symbols is changed to the time slot F with more UL symbols, or the time slot U;
作为又一种可能的实现方式,第二信息还可以用于指示载波切换。As another possible implementation manner, the second information may also be used to indicate carrier switching.
对于当SRS请求字段指示SRS资源集被触发,第一字段如何指示用于确定发送该SRS的时间单元本申请中不做赘述。本申请中主要涉及当SRS请求字段指示无SRS资源集被触发,第一字段如何用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息。When the SRS request field indicates that the SRS resource set is triggered, how the first field indicates the time unit for determining the transmission of the SRS is not described in detail in this application. This application mainly relates to how the first field is used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port when the SRS request field indicates that no SRS resource set is triggered.
当SRS请求字段指示无SRS资源集被触发,第一字段如何用于确定其他信息(如上文中的多个TRP场景下不同TRP的功控参数、UE被激活的部分带宽、时隙格式指示信息等)可以参考第一字段指示功率信息的方式,或者还可以参考其他能够实现该功能的信息的指示方式,本申请中对此不赘述。When the SRS request field indicates that no SRS resource set is triggered, how the first field is used to determine other information (such as the power control parameters of different TRPs in the above multiple TRP scenarios, the partial bandwidth of the UE being activated, the slot format indication information, etc. ) may refer to the manner in which the first field indicates the power information, or may also refer to the manner of indicating other information capable of realizing this function, which will not be repeated in this application.
该至少一个功率信息与至少一个端口对应。The at least one power information corresponds to at least one port.
例如,第一字段用于确定三个端口的功率信息,则第一字段分别用于确定三个功率信息,该三个功率信息与该三个端口对应。该三个功率信息分别用于确定该三个端口的第一发送功率。For example, if the first field is used to determine the power information of the three ports, the first field is used to determine the three power information respectively, and the three power information corresponds to the three ports. The three pieces of power information are respectively used to determine the first transmit power of the three ports.
示例性地,本申请实施例中涉及的端口用于发送上行信息(或者说上行信号),包括天线端口,或SRS端口。例如,端口a是port i,或者端口a是多个不同的port i组成的端口组。其中,i为整数。例如,i=0,或者i=1。Exemplarily, the ports involved in the embodiments of the present application are used to send uplink information (or uplink signals), including antenna ports or SRS ports. For example, port a is port i, or port a is a port group consisting of multiple different port i. where i is an integer. For example, i=0, or i=1.
示例性地,第一发送功率的值可以是分贝值或绝对功率值。Exemplarily, the value of the first transmit power may be a decibel value or an absolute power value.
示例性地,上行信息是上行数据信息PUSCH,或者是上行控制信息物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH),或者是上行信号SRS。Exemplarily, the uplink information is uplink data information PUSCH, or uplink control information physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH), or uplink signal SRS.
示例性地,功率信息用于确定上行传输功率(功率信息为上述的至少一个功率信息中的任意一个,上行传输功率为上述的至少一个上行传输功率中与该功率信息对应的上行传输功率)包括以下几种可能:可能一、功率信息为上行传输功率。Exemplarily, the power information is used to determine the uplink transmission power (the power information is any one of the above-mentioned at least one power information, and the uplink transmission power is the uplink transmission power corresponding to the power information in the above-mentioned at least one uplink transmission power) including: There are several possibilities as follows: Possibility 1. The power information is the uplink transmission power.
例如,第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一功率信息是第一端口对应的第一上行传输功率。For example, the first field is used to determine first power information corresponding to the first port, where the first power information is the first uplink transmission power corresponding to the first port.
具体地,本申请实施例中某个端口的上行传输功率与第一字段的指示状态之间存在关联关系。其中,关联关系为协议预定义的或者网络设备预配置的,可以称为预设的关联关系。终端设备已知某个端口的上行传输功率和第一字段的指示状态之间的关联关系,并获知第一字段的指示状态的情况下,能够确定该端口的上行传输功率。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, there is an association relationship between the uplink transmission power of a certain port and the indication state of the first field. The association relationship is pre-defined by a protocol or pre-configured by a network device, and may be referred to as a preset association relationship. The terminal device knows the correlation between the uplink transmission power of a certain port and the indication state of the first field, and can determine the uplink transmission power of the port when it knows the indication state of the first field.
作为一种可能的实现方式,上述的关联关系是预定义的。例如,协议预定义发送上行信息的端口的上行传输功率值和端口的标识之间的关联关系。As a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned association relationship is predefined. For example, the protocol predefines the association relationship between the uplink transmission power value of the port that sends the uplink information and the identifier of the port.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,上述的关联关系是网络设备指示的。例如,网络设备指示发送上行信息的端口的上行传输功率值和端口的标识之间的关联关系。对于不同端口,网络设备指示的关联关系可以相同也可以不同。例如,不同标识的端口,网络设备指示的关联关系不同;还例如,不同组标识的端口,网络设备指示的关联关系不同。As another possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned association relationship is indicated by the network device. For example, the network device indicates the association relationship between the uplink transmission power value of the port sending the uplink information and the identifier of the port. For different ports, the association relationship indicated by the network device may be the same or different. For example, for ports identified by different groups, the association relationship indicated by the network device is different; for example, for ports identified by different groups, the association relationship indicated by the network device is different.
例如,终端设备根据预定义的关联关系确定port i的上行传输功率值=第一功率信息。其中,该预定义的关联关系用于确定以下对应关系:For example, the terminal device determines the uplink transmission power value of port i=first power information according to a predefined association relationship. Wherein, the predefined association relationship is used to determine the following corresponding relationship:
第一字段中的某个状态与第一功率信息之间相对应、第一功率信息与port i相对应、第一字段中的该状态与port i相对应。A certain state in the first field corresponds to the first power information, the first power information corresponds to port i, and the state in the first field corresponds to port i.
则终端设备根据预定义的关联关系以及获知第一字段的该状态之后,能够确定第一字段的该状态指示port i的上行传输功率值为第一功率信息。Then the terminal device can determine that the state of the first field indicates that the uplink transmission power value of port i is the first power information according to the predefined association relationship and after learning the state of the first field.
port i是终端设备的第i个端口,或是第i+1个端口。其中,i是预定义的,或者i是网络设备通过信令(例如,RRC)配置的,或者i是网络设备通过下行信息(例如,DCI)指示的。port i is the i-th port of the terminal device, or the i+1-th port. Wherein, i is predefined, or i is configured by the network device through signaling (eg, RRC), or i is indicated by the network device through downlink information (eg, DCI).
第一功率信息是预定义的,或者第一功率信息是网络设备通过信令(例如,RRC)配置的。例如,第一功率信息等于0,表示该端口上的上行传输功率为0。又例如,第一功率信息是集合{0,X1,…,Xn}中的一个,第一字段指示该集合中的某个值为第一功率信息。The first power information is predefined, or the first power information is configured by the network device through signaling (eg, RRC). For example, if the first power information is equal to 0, it indicates that the uplink transmission power on the port is 0. For another example, the first power information is one of the sets {0, X1, . . . , Xn}, and the first field indicates that a certain value in the set is the first power information.
可能二、功率信息为偏移量,偏移量和基础上行传输功率(也可以称为第二发送功率)用于确定上行传输功率,其中,基础上行传输功率根据协议预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的天线端口个数获得,该第二字段包括所述DCI中包含的传输功率控制字段TPC command,或者该第二字段可以是DCI中其他用于确定第二发送功率的字段。Possibly 2. The power information is an offset, and the offset and the basic uplink transmission power (also referred to as the second transmission power) are used to determine the uplink transmission power. Signaling configuration and/or the value indicated by the second field, and the number of antenna ports used for one transmission, the second field includes the transmission power control field TPC command contained in the DCI, or the second field may be DCI and other fields used to determine the second transmit power.
一种可能的实现方式,基础上行传输功率基于物理上行共享信道PUSCH的发射总功率和至少一个端口确定。In a possible implementation manner, the basic uplink transmission power is determined based on the total transmission power of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and at least one port.
目前已有相关技术提供基础上行传输功率的计算方式,本申请实施例中不做限定。示例性地,网络设备通过高层信令为终端设备指示上行信息传输的开环功率控制参数(如,上述的P O_PUSCH,b,f,c(j)、PL b,f,c(q d)、α b,f,c(j)以及Δ TF,b,f,c(i))的值;网络设备通过承载在PDCCH上的DCI为终端设备指示闭环功率控制参数(如,上述的f b,f,c(i,l))的值。其中,DCI包括:DCI格式0_0,DCI格式0_1,或DCI格式2_3中的信息(如,上述的TPC命 令)。 At present, the related art provides a method for calculating the basic uplink transmission power, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the network device indicates to the terminal device the open-loop power control parameters for uplink information transmission (eg, the above-mentioned PO_PUSCH,b,f,c ( j), PLb,f, c (qd) , α b, f, c (j) and Δ TF, b, f, c (i)); the network equipment indicates the closed-loop power control parameters for the terminal equipment through the DCI carried on the PDCCH (for example, the above f b ,f,c (i,l)). Wherein, the DCI includes: DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, or information in DCI format 2_3 (eg, the above-mentioned TPC command).
需要说明的是,在目前协议中,开环功率控制参数和闭环功率控制参数的指示以一次PUSCH的传输为单位,一次PUSCH的传输功率在各个端口上平均分配。因此,在一次PUSCH的发送中,每个端口上的发射功率相同。It should be noted that, in the current protocol, the indications of the open-loop power control parameters and the closed-loop power control parameters are in units of one PUSCH transmission, and the transmission power of one PUSCH is evenly distributed on each port. Therefore, in a PUSCH transmission, the transmit power on each port is the same.
即本申请实施例中涉及的基础上行传输功率满足以下公式:That is, the basic uplink transmission power involved in the embodiments of the present application satisfies the following formula:
基础上行传输功率=一次PUSCH传输的发射总功率/用于本次PUSCH传输且功率非0的端口总个数。Basic uplink transmission power=total transmit power of one PUSCH transmission/total number of ports with non-zero power used for this PUSCH transmission.
本申请实施例中某个端口对应的上行传输功率根据基础上行传输功率和该端口对应的偏移量确定,示例性地,端口对应的上行传输功率、基础上行传输功率和该端口对应的偏移量满足以下公式:In the embodiment of the present application, the uplink transmission power corresponding to a certain port is determined according to the basic uplink transmission power and the offset corresponding to the port. Exemplarily, the uplink transmission power corresponding to the port, the basic uplink transmission power and the offset corresponding to the port are determined. The amount satisfies the following formula:
上行传输功率=基础上行传输功率+偏移量。Uplink transmission power = basic uplink transmission power + offset.
应理解,上述的基础上行传输功率计算方式只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,还可以参考其他的计算基础上行传输功率的方案,这里不再赘述。本申请实施例主要涉及的是按照目前的计算上行传输功率方案无法满足网络设备接收功率需求时,如何调整上行传输功率。It should be understood that the above basic uplink transmission power calculation method is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of the present application. The embodiments of the present application mainly relate to how to adjust the uplink transmission power when the current scheme for calculating the uplink transmission power cannot meet the receiving power requirement of the network device.
具体地,本申请实施例中某个端口与该端口对应的上行传输功率之间存在关联关系。终端设备可以根据端口的标识以及关联关系确定该端口的上行传输功率。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, there is an association relationship between a certain port and the uplink transmission power corresponding to the port. The terminal device can determine the uplink transmission power of the port according to the port identifier and the association relationship.
其中,关联关系为协议预定义的或者网络设备预配置的,可以称为预设的关联关系。The association relationship is pre-defined by a protocol or pre-configured by a network device, and may be referred to as a preset association relationship.
作为一种可能的实现方式,上述的关联关系是预定义的。例如,协议预定义发送上行信息的端口的上行传输功率值和端口的标识之间的关联关系。As a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned association relationship is predefined. For example, the protocol predefines the association relationship between the uplink transmission power value of the port that sends the uplink information and the identifier of the port.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,上述的关联关系是网络设备指示的。对于不同端口,网络设备指示的关联关系可以相同也可以不同。例如,不同标识的端口,网络设备指示的关联关系不同;还例如,不同组标识的端口,网络设备指示的关联关系不同。As another possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned association relationship is indicated by the network device. For different ports, the association relationship indicated by the network device may be the same or different. For example, for ports identified by different groups, the association relationship indicated by the network device is different; for example, for ports identified by different groups, the association relationship indicated by the network device is different.
例如,终端设备根据预定义的关联关系确定port i的上行传输功率值=一次PUSCH传输的功率值/用于本次PUSCH传输且功率非0的天线端口总个数+第一偏移量。For example, the terminal device determines the uplink transmission power value of port i = the power value of one PUSCH transmission/the total number of antenna ports with non-zero power used for this PUSCH transmission + the first offset according to the predefined association relationship.
其中,该预定义的关联关系用于确定以下对应关系:Wherein, the predefined association relationship is used to determine the following corresponding relationship:
第一字段中的某个状态与第一偏移量之间相对应、第一偏移量与port i相对应、第一字段中的该状态与port i相对应。A certain state in the first field corresponds to the first offset, the first offset corresponds to port i, and the state in the first field corresponds to port i.
port i是终端设备的第i个端口,或是第i+1个端口。其中,i是预定义的,或者i是网络设备通过信令(例如,RRC)配置的,或者i是网络设备通过下行信息(例如,DCI)指示的。port i is the i-th port of the terminal device, or the i+1-th port. Wherein, i is predefined, or i is configured by the network device through signaling (eg, RRC), or i is indicated by the network device through downlink information (eg, DCI).
第一偏移量可能的值是预定义的,或者第一偏移量可能的值是网络设备通过信令(例如,RRC)配置的。例如,第一偏移量等于0,表示该端口不需要进行功率偏移。还例如,第一偏移量可以是正值X,表示该端口需要进行功率提升补偿。又例如,第一偏移量可以是负值-X,表示该端口需要进行功率降低。其中,X可以是分贝值,也可以是绝对功率值。又例如,第一偏移量可以是集合{0,X1,…,Xn}中的一个,第一字段可以指示该集合中的某个值为第一偏移量。例如,第一偏移量可能的值中包含3dB,表示该端口的功率需要提升一倍。又例如,第一偏移量可能的值中包含-3dB,表示该端口的功率需要降低一半。The possible values of the first offset are predefined, or the possible values of the first offset are configured by the network device through signaling (eg, RRC). For example, the first offset is equal to 0, indicating that the port does not need to perform power offset. For another example, the first offset may be a positive value X, indicating that the port needs to perform power boost compensation. For another example, the first offset may be a negative value -X, indicating that the port needs to perform power reduction. Among them, X can be a decibel value or an absolute power value. For another example, the first offset may be one of a set {0, X1, . . . , Xn}, and the first field may indicate that a certain value in the set is the first offset. For example, the possible value of the first offset includes 3dB, which means that the power of the port needs to be doubled. For another example, the possible value of the first offset includes -3dB, which means that the power of the port needs to be reduced by half.
可能三、功率信息为差分功率偏置,差分功率偏置和预设端口的发送功率用于确定上 行传输功率。Possibly three, the power information is the differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of the preset port are used to determine the uplink transmission power.
例如,第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一功率信息为第一差分功率偏置,第一端口对应的第一上行传输功率根据该第一差分功率偏置和某个预设端口的发送功率确定。其中,预设端口为预定义或者网络设备指示的,该预设端口的发送功率能够根据目前的发送功率计算方法计算得到,或者还可以通过其他的方式计算得到,本申请实施例中对弈预设端口的发送功率的确定方式不做限定。For example, the first field is used to determine first power information corresponding to the first port, where the first power information is the first differential power offset, and the first uplink transmission power corresponding to the first port is based on the first differential power offset and The transmit power of a preset port is determined. The preset port is predefined or indicated by the network device, and the transmission power of the preset port can be calculated according to the current transmission power calculation method, or can also be calculated in other ways. In the embodiment of the present application, the game preset The manner of determining the transmit power of the port is not limited.
示例性地,端口对应的上行传输功率、预设端口的发送功率和该端口对应的差分功率偏置满足以下公式:Exemplarily, the uplink transmission power corresponding to the port, the transmit power of the preset port, and the differential power offset corresponding to the port satisfy the following formula:
上行传输功率=预设端口的发送功率+差分功率偏置。Uplink transmission power = transmit power of the preset port + differential power offset.
差分功率偏置可能的值是预定义的,或者差分功率偏置可能的值是网络设备通过信令(例如,RRC)配置的。The possible values of the differential power offset are predefined, or the possible values of the differential power offset are configured by the network device through signaling (eg, RRC).
例如,差分功率偏置等于0,表示该端口与预设端口的发送功率值相同。For example, if the differential power offset is equal to 0, it means that the port has the same transmit power value as the preset port.
还例如,差分功率偏置可以是正值X,表示该端口需要在预设端口的发送功率的基础上进行功率提升。For another example, the differential power offset may be a positive value X, indicating that the port needs to perform power boosting based on the transmit power of the preset port.
又例如,差分功率偏置可以是负值-X,表示该端口需要在预设端口的发送功率的基础上降低。其中,X可以是分贝值,也可以是绝对功率值。For another example, the differential power offset may be a negative value -X, indicating that the port needs to be reduced based on the transmit power of the preset port. Among them, X can be a decibel value or an absolute power value.
又例如,差分功率偏置可以是集合{0,X1,…,Xn}中的一个,第一字段可以指示该集合中的某个值为差分功率偏置。如,差分功率偏置可能的值中包含3dB,表示该端口的功率需要在预设端口的发送功率的基础上提升一倍;又如,差分功率偏置可能的值中包含-3dB,表示该端口的功率需要在预设端口的发送功率的基础上降低一半。For another example, the differential power offset may be one of the sets {0, X1, . . . , Xn}, and the first field may indicate that a certain value in the set is the differential power offset. For example, if the possible value of the differential power offset includes 3dB, it means that the power of the port needs to be doubled based on the transmit power of the preset port; for another example, if the possible value of the differential power offset includes -3dB, it means that the The power of the port needs to be reduced by half based on the transmit power of the preset port.
可能四、功率信息为自变量,自变量和预设的功率计算公式用于确定上行传输功率。其中,每个端口的上行传输功率根据预设的功率计算公式和自变量的值获得。Possibility 4. The power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a preset power calculation formula are used to determine the uplink transmission power. Wherein, the uplink transmission power of each port is obtained according to the preset power calculation formula and the value of the independent variable.
例如,预设的功率计算公式包含所有用于本次PUSCH传输且功率非0的端口上的功率值之和,和/或所有用于本次PUSCH传输且功率非0的端口上的功率之间的差值。或者,预设的功率计算公式包含所有用于本次PUSCH传输且功率非0的端口上的功率值之和,也包含所有用于本次PUSCH传输的且功率非0的端口上的功率之间满足的关联关系。例如,关联关系是用于本次PUSCH传输的且功率非0的端口上的功率减去功率信息(第一字段指示值)后的值相等。For example, the preset power calculation formula includes the sum of the power values on all ports used for this PUSCH transmission and whose power is not 0, and/or the power difference between all the ports used for this PUSCH transmission and whose power is not 0 difference value. Alternatively, the preset power calculation formula includes the sum of the power values on all ports that are used for this PUSCH transmission and whose power is not 0, and also includes the power difference between all the ports that are used for this PUSCH transmission and whose power is not 0. satisfied relationship. For example, the association relationship is that the power on the port used for the current PUSCH transmission and whose power is not 0 is equal to the value obtained by subtracting the power information (the value indicated in the first field).
第一字段用于确定至少一个功率信息包括以下几种方式:The first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information in the following ways:
方式1,第一字段包括至少一个比特,每个端口的功率信息由其对应的比特进行指示,某个端口对应的功率信息为该端口对应的功率信息集合中与比特状态对应的功率信息。终端设备可以根据第一字段中的比特的状态,确定该比特对应的端口的功率信息。Mode 1, the first field includes at least one bit, the power information of each port is indicated by its corresponding bit, and the power information corresponding to a certain port is the power information corresponding to the bit state in the power information set corresponding to the port. The terminal device may determine the power information of the port corresponding to the bit according to the state of the bit in the first field.
为了便于理解,以第一字段中包括的比特指示两个端口分别对应的两个功率信息为例说明。For ease of understanding, the bit included in the first field indicates two pieces of power information corresponding to two ports as an example for description.
示例性地,第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个上行传输功率包括:Exemplarily, the first field used to determine at least one uplink transmission power corresponding to at least one port respectively includes:
第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息;The first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port;
第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:The first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port and includes:
第一字段中包括第一比特,第一比特用于确定第一功率信息,第一功率信息为预设的 第一功率信息集合中与第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,第一比特包括至少一个比特;The first field includes a first bit, the first bit is used to determine the first power information, the first power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set, and the first bit includes at least one bit;
第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:The first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port and includes:
第一字段中包括第二比特,第二比特用于确定第二功率信息,第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与第二比特的状态相对应的功率信息,第二比特包括至少一个比特。The first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, the second power information is the power information corresponding to the state of the second bit in the preset second power information set, and the second bit includes at least one bit.
其中,预设的第一功率信息集合和预设的第二功率信息集合为协议预定义的或者网络设备预配置的,第一比特的状态指的是第一比特的比特状态,第二比特的状态指的是第二比特的比特状态。The preset first power information set and the preset second power information set are predefined by the protocol or preconfigured by the network device, the state of the first bit refers to the bit state of the first bit, and the state of the second bit The state refers to the bit state of the second bit.
示例性地,本申请中涉及的网络设备预配置可以是网络设备通过高层信令RRC消息预配置的,或者是通过高层信令MAC控制信元(MAC control element,MAC CE)预配置的。Exemplarily, the network device pre-configuration involved in this application may be pre-configured by the network device through a high-layer signaling RRC message, or pre-configured through a high-layer signaling MAC control element (MAC control element, MAC CE).
示例性地,预设的第一功率信息集合和预设的第二功率信息集合包含在同一个预设的功率信息集合中,或者预设的第一功率信息集合和预设的第二功率信息集合为分别配置的两个不同的功率信息集合。Exemplarily, the preset first power information set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set, or the preset first power information set and the preset second power information set The sets are two different sets of power information configured respectively.
进一步地,在确定上述的功率信息之前,终端设备获知预设的关联关系(如协议预定义的关联关系,或从网络设备处接收到该关联关系),具体地,该关联关系指示以下对应关系:Further, before determining the above-mentioned power information, the terminal device learns the preset association relationship (such as the association relationship predefined by the protocol, or receives the association relationship from the network device), and specifically, the association relationship indicates the following corresponding relationship :
预设的第一功率信息集合与第一端口相对应、预设的第二功率信息集合与第二端口相对应、第一比特与第一功率信息集合相对应(或者说第一比特与第一端口相对应)、第二比特与第二功率信息集合相对应(或者说第二比特与第二端口相对应)、第一比特的状态与第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应、第二比特的状态与第二功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。The preset first set of power information corresponds to the first port, the preset second set of power information corresponds to the second port, and the first bit corresponds to the first set of power information (or the first bit corresponds to the first set of power information). port), the second bit corresponds to the second power information set (or the second bit corresponds to the second port), the state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, the second The state of the bit corresponds to the power information in the second set of power information.
为了便于理解,以功率信息为偏移量举例说明:For ease of understanding, the power information is used as an example for the offset:
例如,端口#1对应偏移量集合#1、端口#2对应偏移量集合#2,其中,偏移量集合#1中包括{偏移量#1,偏移量#2}、偏移量集合#2中包括{偏移量#3,偏移量#4}。第一字段包括两个比特(比特#1和比特#2),比特#1对应端口#1,比特#2对应端口#2。For example, port #1 corresponds to offset set #1, and port #2 corresponds to offset set #2, wherein offset set #1 includes {offset #1, offset #2}, offset Quantity set #2 includes {offset #3, offset #4}. The first field includes two bits (bit #1 and bit #2), bit #1 corresponds to port #1 and bit #2 corresponds to port #2.
当比特#1状态为“0”时,端口#1的偏移量为偏移量#1;当比特#1状态为“1”时,端口#1的偏移量为偏移量#2;当比特#2状态为“0”时,端口#2的偏移量为偏移量#3;当比特#2状态为“1”时,端口#2的偏移量为偏移量#4。When the status of bit #1 is "0", the offset of port #1 is offset #1; when the status of bit #1 is "1", the offset of port #1 is offset #2; When the status of bit #2 is "0", the offset of port #2 is offset #3; when the status of bit #2 is "1", the offset of port #2 is offset #4.
示例性地,每个端口对应的偏移量集合可以是预定义的或者还可以是网络设备预配置的。如,协议预定义偏移量集合#1和偏移量集合#2;还如,网络设备预配置偏移量集合#1和偏移量集合#2;还如,协议预定义偏移量集合#1,网络设备预配置偏移量集合#2。Exemplarily, the offset set corresponding to each port may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device. For example, the protocol pre-defined offset set #1 and offset set #2; also for example, the network device pre-configures the offset set #1 and offset set #2; also for example, the protocol pre-defined offset set #1, network device pre-configured offset set #2.
示例性地,每个端口与偏移量集合的关联关系可以是预定义的或者还可以是网络设备预配置的。如,协议预定义端口#1对应偏移量集合#1、端口#2对应偏移量集合#2;还如,网络设备预配置端口#1对应偏移量集合#1、端口#2对应偏移量集合#2。Exemplarily, the association relationship between each port and the offset set may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device. For example, the protocol predefined port #1 corresponds to the offset set #1, and port #2 corresponds to the offset set #2; for example, the network device pre-configured port #1 corresponds to the offset set #1, and port #2 corresponds to the offset set #1. Shift Set #2.
示例性地,第一字段中包括的比特和端口之间的关联关系可以是预定义的或者还可以是网络设备预配置的。如,协议预定义第一字段中包括的比特#1对应端口#1、第一字段中包括的比特#2对应端口#2;还如,网络设备预配置第一字段中包括的比特#1对应端口#1、第一字段中包括的比特#2对应端口#2。Exemplarily, the association relationship between the bits included in the first field and the ports may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device. For example, the protocol pre-defines that bit #1 included in the first field corresponds to port #1, and bit #2 included in the first field corresponds to port #2; for example, the network device preconfigures that bit #1 included in the first field corresponds to Port #1, bit #2 included in the first field corresponds to port #2.
示例性地,第一字段中包括的端口对应的比特的状态,和该端口对应的偏移量集合中 偏移量之间的关联关系可以是预定义的或者还可以是网络设备预配置的。如,协议预定义比特#1状态为“0”对应偏移量#1、比特#2状态为“0”对应偏移量#3、比特#1状态为“1”对应偏移量#2、比特#2状态为“1”对应偏移量#4;还如,网络设备预配置比特#1状态为“0”对应偏移量#1、比特#2状态为“0”对应偏移量#3、比特#1状态为“1”对应偏移量#2、比特#2状态为“1”对应偏移量#4。Exemplarily, the association relationship between the state of the bit corresponding to the port included in the first field and the offset in the offset set corresponding to the port may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device. For example, the protocol predefined bit #1 status is "0" corresponding to offset #1, bit #2 status is "0" corresponding to offset #3, bit #1 status is "1" corresponding to offset #2, The status of bit #2 is "1" corresponding to offset #4; for example, the network device pre-configured bit #1 status is "0" corresponding to offset #1, and the status of bit #2 is "0" corresponding to offset # 3. The status of bit #1 is "1" corresponding to offset #2, and the status of bit #2 is "1" corresponding to offset #4.
当确定端口#1和端口#2分别对应的偏移量之后,可以基于各自的偏移量和基础上行传输功率分别确定端口#1和端口#2的上行传输功率。After the offsets corresponding to port #1 and port #2 are determined, respectively, the uplink transmission powers of port #1 and port #2 may be determined based on the respective offsets and the basic uplink transmission power.
应理解,上述两个端口分别对应两个偏移量集合只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定。如,可以为一个端口预配置多个偏移量集合,通过第一字段指示多个偏移量集合中的某个偏移量集合以及该偏移量集合中某个偏移量;又如,可以为多个端口预配置一个偏移量集合,通过第一字段指示每个端口对应该偏移量集合中的一个或多个偏移量。It should be understood that the foregoing two ports respectively correspond to two offset sets are only examples, and do not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of the present application. For example, multiple offset sets may be preconfigured for a port, and the first field indicates a certain offset set in the multiple offset sets and a certain offset in the offset set; another example, An offset set may be pre-configured for multiple ports, and each port is indicated by the first field to correspond to one or more offsets in the offset set.
还应理解,上述比特#1状态和偏移量集合#1中包括的偏移量关联关系只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定;同理,上述比特#2状态和偏移量集合#2中包括的偏移量关联关系只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定。It should also be understood that the above-mentioned bit #1 state and the offset association included in the offset set #1 are only examples, and do not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of the present application; similarly, the above-mentioned bit #2 state and offset The offset associations included in set #2 are only examples, and do not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of the present application.
方式2,第一字段包括至少一个比特状态,该至少一个比特状态分别对应至少一个功率信息,每个端口的功率信息由其对应的第一字段的比特状态进行指示,某个端口的功率信息为该端口对应的功率信息集合中与第一字段的比特状态对应的功率信息。Mode 2, the first field includes at least one bit state, the at least one bit state corresponds to at least one piece of power information, the power information of each port is indicated by the bit state of the corresponding first field, and the power information of a certain port is: The power information corresponding to the bit state of the first field in the power information set corresponding to the port.
为了便于理解,以第一字段的比特状态指示两个端口分别对应的两个功率信息为例说明。For ease of understanding, the bit state of the first field indicates two pieces of power information corresponding to two ports as an example for description.
示例性地,第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:Exemplarily, the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes:
第一字段的第一比特状态用于确定第一功率信息,第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;The first bit state of the first field is used to determine first power information, where the first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in a preset first power information set;
第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:The first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port and includes:
第一字段的第二比特状态用于确定第二功率信息,第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与第二比特状态相对应的功率信息,The second bit state of the first field is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset second power information set,
示例性地,预设的第一功率信息集合和预设的第二功率信息集合包含在同一个预设的功率信息集合中,或者预设的第一功率信息集合和预设的第二功率信息集合为分别配置的两个不同的功率信息集合。Exemplarily, the preset first power information set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set, or the preset first power information set and the preset second power information set The sets are two different sets of power information configured respectively.
进一步地,在确定上述的功率信息之前,终端设备获知预设的关联关系(如协议预定义的关联关系,或从网络设备处接收到该关联关系),具体地,该关联关系指示以下对应关系:Further, before determining the above-mentioned power information, the terminal device learns the preset association relationship (such as the association relationship predefined by the protocol, or receives the association relationship from the network device), and specifically, the association relationship indicates the following corresponding relationship :
预设的第一功率信息集合与第一端口相对应、预设的第二功率信息集合与第二端口相对应、第一比特状态与第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应、第二比特状态与第二功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, and the second bit The state corresponds to power information in the second set of power information.
为了便于理解,以功率信息为偏移量举例说明:For ease of understanding, the power information is used as an example for the offset:
例如,端口#1对应偏移量集合#1、端口#2对应偏移量集合#2,其中,偏移量集合#1中包括{偏移量#1,偏移量#2}、偏移量集合#2中包括{偏移量#3,偏移量#4}。第一字段包括四种比特状态(“00”、“01”、“10”、“11”),比特状态“00”、“01”对应端口#1,比特状态“10”、“11”对应端口#2。For example, port #1 corresponds to offset set #1, and port #2 corresponds to offset set #2, wherein offset set #1 includes {offset #1, offset #2}, offset Quantity set #2 includes {offset #3, offset #4}. The first field includes four bit states ("00", "01", "10", "11"), the bit states "00", "01" correspond to port #1, and the bit states "10", "11" correspond to Port #2.
第一字段的比特状态为“00”,端口#1的偏移量为偏移量#1;第一字段的比特状态为“01”,端口#1的偏移量为偏移量#2;第一字段的比特状态为“10”,端口#2的偏移量为偏移量#3;第一字段的比特状态为“11”,端口#2的偏移量为偏移量#4。The bit status of the first field is "00", and the offset of port #1 is offset #1; the bit status of the first field is "01", and the offset of port #1 is offset #2; The bit status of the first field is "10", and the offset of port #2 is offset #3; the bit status of the first field is "11", and the offset of port #2 is offset #4.
示例性地,每个端口对应的偏移量集合可以是预定义的或者还可以是网络设备预配置的。Exemplarily, the offset set corresponding to each port may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device.
示例性地,每个端口与偏移量集合的关联关系可以是预定义的或者还可以是网络设备预配置的。Exemplarily, the association relationship between each port and the offset set may be predefined or may also be preconfigured by the network device.
示例性地,第一字段的比特状态和端口之间的关联关系可以是预定义的或者还可以是网络设备预配置的。如,协议预定义第一字段的比特状态为“00”和“01”对应端口#1、第一字段的比特状态为“10”和“11”对应端口#2;还如,网络设备预配置第一字段的比特状态为“00”和“01”对应端口#1、第一字段的比特状态为“10”和“11”对应端口#2。Exemplarily, the association relationship between the bit state of the first field and the port may be predefined or may also be pre-configured by the network device. For example, the bit states of the first field predefined by the protocol are "00" and "01" corresponding to port #1, and the bit states of the first field are "10" and "11" corresponding to port #2; for example, the network device is preconfigured The bit states of the first field are "00" and "01" corresponding to port #1, and the bit states of the first field are "10" and "11" corresponding to port #2.
示例性地,第一字段的比特状态和该端口对应的偏移量集合中偏移量之间的关联关系可以是预定义的或者还可以是网络设备预配置的。Exemplarily, the association relationship between the bit state of the first field and the offset in the offset set corresponding to the port may be predefined or may also be pre-configured by the network device.
方式3,第一字段包括至少一个比特状态,该至少一个比特状态分别对应至少一个功率信息,每个端口的功率信息由其对应的第一字段的比特状态进行指示,某个端口的功率信息为与第一字段的比特状态对应的功率信息。Mode 3, the first field includes at least one bit state, the at least one bit state corresponds to at least one piece of power information, the power information of each port is indicated by the bit state of the corresponding first field, and the power information of a certain port is: Power information corresponding to the bit state of the first field.
为了便于理解,以第一字段的比特状态指示两个端口分别对应的两个功率信息为例说明。For ease of understanding, the bit state of the first field indicates two pieces of power information corresponding to two ports as an example for description.
示例性地,第一字段用于确定第一功率信息包括:Exemplarily, the first field used to determine the first power information includes:
第一字段的第一比特状态指示第一功率信息,第一功率信息为预设的功率信息集合中与第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;The first bit state of the first field indicates first power information, and the first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in a preset power information set;
第一字段用于确定第二功率信息包括:The first field is used to determine the second power information including:
第一字段的第二比特状态指示所述第二功率信息,第二功率信息为所述预设的功率信息集合中与所述第二比特状态相对应的功率信息。The second bit state of the first field indicates the second power information, and the second power information is power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset power information set.
其中,预设的功率信息集合为协议预定义的或者网络设备预配置的。The preset power information set is predefined by a protocol or preconfigured by a network device.
进一步地,在确定上述的功率信息之前,终端设备获知预设的关联关系(如协议预定义的关联关系,或从网络设备处接收到该关联关系),具体地,该关联关系指示以下对应关系:Further, before determining the above-mentioned power information, the terminal device learns the preset association relationship (such as the association relationship predefined by the protocol, or receives the association relationship from the network device), and specifically, the association relationship indicates the following corresponding relationship :
预设的功率信息集合中与第一端口相对应的功率信息、预设的功率信息集合中与第二端口相对应的功率信息、第一比特状态与第一端口的功率信息对应、第二比特状态与第二端口的功率信息对应。The power information corresponding to the first port in the preset power information set, the power information corresponding to the second port in the preset power information set, the first bit state corresponding to the power information of the first port, the second bit The state corresponds to the power information of the second port.
为了便于理解,以功率信息为偏移量举例说明:For ease of understanding, the power information is used as an example for the offset:
例如,协议预定义或网络设备预配置偏移量集合{偏移量#1,偏移量#2,偏移量#3},且协议预定义或网络设备预配置偏移量#1和偏移量#2对应端口#1,偏移量#3对应端口#2。第一字段包括四种比特状态(“00”、“01”、“10”、“11”),比特状态“00”对应端口#1和端口#2的偏移量为协议预定义的值,或者网络设备预配置的值。例如比特状态“00”对应端口#1和端口#2的偏移量为0。此时可以实现利用同一个比特状态指示两个端口偏移量的效果。比特状态“01”对应偏移量#1,比特状态“10”对应偏移量#2,比特状态“11”对应对应偏移量#3。For example, the protocol predefined or network device preconfigured offset set {offset #1, offset #2, offset #3}, and the protocol predefined or network device preconfigured offset #1 and offset Shift #2 corresponds to port #1, and offset #3 corresponds to port #2. The first field includes four bit states ("00", "01", "10", "11"), and the offset of the bit state "00" corresponding to port #1 and port #2 is a value predefined by the protocol, Or a value preconfigured by a network device. For example, the bit state "00" corresponds to the offset of port #1 and port #2 being 0. In this case, the effect of using the same bit state to indicate two port offsets can be achieved. Bit state "01" corresponds to offset #1, bit state "10" corresponds to offset #2, and bit state "11" corresponds to offset #3.
示例性地,上述的端口#1为某个端口集合中的一个端口,该端口集合中的端口的偏移量与端口#1的偏移量相同,通过指示端口#1的偏移量一并指示该端口集合中的多个端口的偏移量;同理,上述的端口#2为某个端口集合中的一个端口,该端口集合中的端口的偏移量与端口#2的偏移量相同,通过指示端口#2的偏移量一并指示该端口集合中的多个端口的偏移量。即上述的第一字段可以指示整个端口集合中的所有端口的偏移量。Exemplarily, the above-mentioned port #1 is a port in a certain port set, and the offset of the port in the port set is the same as the offset of port #1, by indicating the offset of port #1 together. Indicates the offsets of multiple ports in the port set; for the same reason, the above-mentioned port #2 is a port in a certain port set, and the offset of the port in the port set is the offset of port #2 Similarly, the offsets of multiple ports in the port set are indicated together by indicating the offsets of port #2. That is, the above-mentioned first field may indicate the offsets of all ports in the entire port set.
应理解,上述的方式1至方式3只是举例说明第一字段如何直接指示至少一个端口的功率信息,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,其他通过第一字段指示至少一个端口的功率信息的方式也在本申请的保护范围之内,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that the above-mentioned ways 1 to 3 only illustrate how the first field directly indicates the power information of at least one port, and does not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of the present application. The manner is also within the protection scope of the present application, and will not be repeated here.
另外,上述仅以功率信息为偏移量为例进行说明,当功率信息为其他情况时与上述的类似,这里不再赘述。In addition, the above description only takes the power information as the offset as an example for description. When the power information is other cases, it is similar to the above, and will not be repeated here.
例如,当功率信息为上行传输功率时,上述的偏移量替换为上行传输功率即可,并且无需基于基础上行传输功率进一步计算得到上行传输功率;For example, when the power information is the uplink transmission power, the above offset can be replaced with the uplink transmission power, and there is no need to further calculate the uplink transmission power based on the basic uplink transmission power;
还例如,当功率信息为差分功率偏置时,上述的偏移量替换为差分功率偏置即可,并且基于差分功率偏置进一步计算得到上行传输功率;Also for example, when the power information is a differential power offset, the above offset can be replaced with a differential power offset, and the uplink transmission power is further calculated based on the differential power offset;
又例如,当功率信息为自变量时,上述的偏移量替换为自变量即可,并且基于自变量和预设的功率计算公式确定各个端口对应的功率计算公式,基于功率计算公式进一步计算得到上行传输功率。For another example, when the power information is an independent variable, the above-mentioned offset can be replaced with an independent variable, and the power calculation formula corresponding to each port is determined based on the independent variable and the preset power calculation formula, and is further calculated based on the power calculation formula. Uplink transmission power.
需要说明的是,当功率信息为偏移量的情况下,还可以通过指示某个(或某些)端口的偏移量#1,根据该偏移量确定其他的端口的偏移量#2(例如,偏移量#2与偏移量#1的值为相反数)。It should be noted that when the power information is an offset, the offset #1 of a certain (or some) port can also be indicated, and the offset #2 of other ports can be determined according to the offset. (For example, offset #2 and offset #1 have opposite values).
示例性地,第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:Exemplarily, the first field used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to at least one port respectively includes:
该第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,该第一功率信息用于确定该第一端口对应的第一发送功率,The first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port,
第二端口对应的第二功率信息与该第一功率信息相关;或者,The second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or,
该第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,The first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or,
该第二端口对应的第二功率信息与该第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,The second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or,
该第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一功率信息相关。The first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
例如,第一功率信息为第一偏移量,则第二端口对应的第二功率信息与该第一功率信息相关可以理解为第二端口对应的第二偏移量与该第一偏移量相关(如,第二偏移量为第一偏移量的相反数,但是本申请中并不限定第二功率信息为第一偏移量的相反数,能够根据第一偏移量确定即可)。For example, if the first power information is the first offset, the correlation between the second power information corresponding to the second port and the first power information can be understood as the second offset corresponding to the second port and the first offset Correlation (for example, the second offset is the opposite number of the first offset, but the second power information is not limited to be the opposite of the first offset in this application, it can be determined according to the first offset ).
还例如,第一功率信息为第一端口对应的第一发送功率,则第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一功率信息相关(如,第二端口对应的第一发送功率为第一端口对应的第一功率信息的相反数)。Also for example, if the first power information is the first transmit power corresponding to the first port, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port (for example, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port The transmit power is the inverse of the first power information corresponding to the first port).
又例如,第一功率信息为第一自变量,第一自变量和预定义规则确定第一端口对应的第一发送功率,则第二端口对应的第一发送功率与该第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关(如,第二端口对应的第一发送功率为第一端口对应的第一发送功率的相反数)。For another example, the first power information is the first argument, and the first argument and the predefined rule determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port, then the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is the same as the first transmit power corresponding to the first port. A transmit power correlation (eg, the first transmit power corresponding to the second port is the inverse of the first transmit power corresponding to the first port).
示例性地,第一字段指示第一偏移量可以参考上述的方式1至方式3中的指示方式。如,与上述的方式1类似,第一字段中的第一比特(至少一个比特)用于确定该第一偏移 量,第一偏移量为预设的第一偏移量集合中与第一比特的状态相对应的偏移量,与方式1中不同的是,第二偏移量可以无需另外指示,根据第一偏移量确定即可;Exemplarily, the first field indicating the first offset may refer to the indication manners in the foregoing manners 1 to 3. For example, similar to the above-mentioned mode 1, the first bit (at least one bit) in the first field is used to determine the first offset, and the first offset is the same as the first offset in the preset first offset set. The offset corresponding to the state of one bit is different from Mode 1 in that the second offset can be determined according to the first offset without additional indication;
还如,与上述的方式2类似,第一字段中的第一比特状态用于确定该第一偏移量,第一偏移量为预设的第一偏移量集合中与第一比特状态相对应的偏移量,与方式2中不同的是,第二偏移量可以无需另外指示,根据第一偏移量确定即可。For another example, similar to the above-mentioned mode 2, the first bit state in the first field is used to determine the first offset, and the first offset is the same as the first bit state in the preset first offset set. The corresponding offset is different from the method 2 in that the second offset may be determined according to the first offset without additional indication.
例如,端口#1对应偏移量集合#1,其中,偏移量集合#1中包括{偏移量#1,偏移量#2}、。第一字段包括1个比特(比特#11),比特#1对应端口#11。For example, port #1 corresponds to offset set #1, wherein offset set #1 includes {offset #1, offset #2}. The first field includes 1 bit (bit #11), bit #1 corresponds to port #11.
当比特#1的比特状态为“0”时,端口#1的偏移量为偏移量#1、端口#2的偏移量为偏移量#1的相反值(-偏移量#1);当比特#1的比特状态为“1”时,端口#1的偏移量为偏移量#2、端口#2的偏移量为偏移量#2的相反值(-偏移量#2)。When the bit status of bit #1 is "0", the offset of port #1 is offset #1, and the offset of port #2 is the opposite value of offset #1 (-offset #1 ); when the bit state of bit #1 is "1", the offset of port #1 is offset #2, and the offset of port #2 is the opposite value of offset #2 (-offset #2).
对多个端口的功率进行联合指示可以进一步地节省DCI开销。多个端口之间,一个端口进行功率提升补偿的同时,另一个端口进行功率降低,可以保证一次PUSCH的发送个端口之间的总功率相同,进而保证本次PUSCH的发送对其他信息的干扰可控。Jointly indicating the power of multiple ports can further save DCI overhead. Among multiple ports, while one port performs power boost compensation, the other port performs power reduction, which can ensure that the total power of the ports in a PUSCH transmission is the same, thereby ensuring that the interference of the PUSCH transmission to other information can be avoided. control.
进一步地,上述的第一端口为某个端口集合中的一个端口,该端口集合中的端口对应的上行传输功率为第一上行传输功率;和/或,上述的第二端口为某个端口集合中的一个端口,该端口集合中的端口对应的上行传输功率为第二上行传输功率。Further, the above-mentioned first port is a port in a certain port set, and the uplink transmission power corresponding to the port in the port set is the first uplink transmission power; and/or, the above-mentioned second port is a certain port set. A port in the port set, and the uplink transmission power corresponding to the port in the port set is the second uplink transmission power.
示例性地,第一端口为第一端口集合中的任意一个端口,第一端口集合中的每个端口对应的上行传输功率均为第一上行传输功率;和/或,Exemplarily, the first port is any port in the first port set, and the uplink transmission power corresponding to each port in the first port set is the first uplink transmission power; and/or,
第二端口为第二端口集合中的任意一个端口,第二端口集合中的每个端口对应的上行传输功率均为所述第二上行传输功率。The second port is any port in the second port set, and the uplink transmission power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the second uplink transmission power.
可选地,终端设备基于第一字段确定至少一个上行传输功率之后,可以在至少一个端口上向网络设备发送信号。Optionally, after the terminal device determines at least one uplink transmission power based on the first field, it may send a signal to the network device on at least one port.
示例性地终端设备基于至少一个上行传输功率分别通过至少一个端口向网络设备发送至少一个信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device sends at least one signal to the network device through at least one port respectively based on the at least one uplink transmission power.
本申请实施例提供的信息指示的方法,网络设备用已有字段指示端口的上行传输功率,对终端设备的不同端口(或端口集合)进行独立功率控制。在不增加DCI开销的前提下,保证不同端口(或端口集合)传输的信号经过信道状态(例如对应的信道大尺度参数信息)不同的信道之后,网络设备接收到的不同端口(或端口集合)的信号功率平衡,从而提高上行吞吐量,或在保证一定的吞吐量的前提下降低终端设备功耗。In the information indication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network device uses an existing field to indicate the uplink transmission power of the port, and performs independent power control on different ports (or port sets) of the terminal device. Under the premise of not increasing the DCI overhead, it is guaranteed that after the signals transmitted by different ports (or port sets) pass through channels with different channel states (such as corresponding channel large-scale parameter information), different ports (or port sets) received by the network device signal power balance, thereby improving the uplink throughput, or reducing the power consumption of the terminal equipment on the premise of ensuring a certain throughput.
上述方法实施例中,上述各过程的序列号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。并且有可能并非要执行上述方法实施例中的全部操作。In the above method embodiments, the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application. . And it may not be necessary to perform all the operations in the above method embodiments.
应理解,上述方法实施例中终端设备和/或网络设备可以执行施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以包括执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。It should be understood that the terminal device and/or the network device in the above method embodiments may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments, these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also include performing other operations or variations of various operations .
可以理解的是,上述方法实施例中,由终端设备实现的方法,也可以由可用于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)实现,由网络设备实现的方法,也可以由可用于网络设备的部件实现。It can be understood that, in the above method embodiments, the method implemented by the terminal device may also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or circuit, etc.) that can be used in the terminal device, and the method implemented by the network device may also be implemented by the network device. component implementation.
还应理解,在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施 例之间的术语和/或描述可以具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。It should also be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, if there is no special description and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments may be consistent and may refer to each other, and the technologies in different embodiments may be consistent with each other. Features may be combined to form new embodiments according to their inherent logical relationships.
上面结合图2详细介绍了本申请实施例中的信息指示的方法,下面结合图3-图6详细介绍本申请实施例提供的装置。The information indication method in the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 2 , and the apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 .
参见图3,图3是本申请提供的信息指示的装置300的示意图。如图3所示,装置300包括处理单元310、接收单元320和发送单元330。Referring to FIG. 3 , FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 300 for indicating information provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 3 , the apparatus 300 includes a processing unit 310 , a receiving unit 320 and a sending unit 330 .
接收单元320,用于获取下行控制信息DCIA receiving unit 320, configured to acquire downlink control information DCI
该DCI中包括RS请求字段和第一字段,该RS请求字段用于指示被触发的RS资源集,当该RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发时,该第一字段用于确定第一信息;当该RS请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发时,该第一字段用于确定第二信息,其中,该第一信息用于确定发送该RS的时间单元,该第二信息包括至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,功率信息用于确定第一发送功率;The DCI includes an RS request field and a first field, where the RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, and when the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information; When the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine second information, where the first information is used to determine a time unit for sending the RS, and the second information includes at least one port respectively. corresponding at least one piece of power information, where the power information is used to determine the first transmit power;
处理单元310,用于根据该RS请求字段确定该第一字段用于确定第一信息或者第二信息。The processing unit 310 is configured to determine, according to the RS request field, that the first field is used to determine the first information or the second information.
示例性地,装置300还包括发送单元330,用于用该至少一个第一发送功率分别在该至少一个端口发送至少一个信号。Exemplarily, the apparatus 300 further includes a sending unit 330, configured to use the at least one first sending power to send at least one signal on the at least one port respectively.
装置300和方法实施例中的终端设备对应,装置300可以是方法实施例中的终端设备,或者方法实施例中的终端设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置300的相应单元用于执行图2所示的方法实施例中由终端设备执行的相应步骤。The apparatus 300 corresponds to the terminal device in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 300 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the terminal device in the method embodiment. Corresponding units of the apparatus 300 are configured to perform the corresponding steps performed by the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
其中,装置300中的处理单元310用于执行方法实施例中终端设备对应与处理相关的步骤。装置300中的接收单元320执行方法实施例中终端设备接收的步骤。装置300中的发送单元330,用于执行终端设备发送的步骤。The processing unit 310 in the apparatus 300 is configured to execute the steps related to processing corresponding to the terminal device in the method embodiment. The receiving unit 320 in the apparatus 300 performs the steps of receiving by the terminal device in the method embodiment. The sending unit 330 in the apparatus 300 is configured to perform the step of sending the terminal device.
接收单元320和发送单元可以组成收发单元,同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中,处理单元310可以是至少一个处理器。发送单元可以是发射器或者接口电路,接收单元320可以是接收器或者接口电路。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器或者接口电路。The receiving unit 320 and the transmitting unit can form a transceiver unit, and have the functions of receiving and transmitting at the same time. The processing unit 310 may be at least one processor. The sending unit may be a transmitter or an interface circuit, and the receiving unit 320 may be a receiver or an interface circuit. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated together to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
可选的,装置300还可以包括除存储单元,该存储单元用于存储数据和/或信令,处理单元310、发送单元、和接收单元320可以与存储单元交互或者耦合,例如读取或者调用存储单元中的数据和/或信令,以使得上述实施例的方法被执行。Optionally, the apparatus 300 may further include a storage unit for storing data and/or signaling, and the processing unit 310, the sending unit, and the receiving unit 320 may interact or couple with the storage unit, such as reading or calling Data and/or signaling in the storage unit, so that the methods of the above-described embodiments are performed.
以上各个单元可以独立存在,也可以全部或者部分集成。The above units may exist independently, or may be integrated in whole or in part.
参见图4,图4是适用于本申请实施例的用终端设备400的结构示意图。该终端设备400可应用于图1所示出的系统中。为了便于说明,图4仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图4所示,终端设备400包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器用于控制天线以及输入输出装置收发信号,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,以执行本申请提出的用于注册的方法中由终端设备执行的相应流程和/或操作。此处不再赘述。Referring to FIG. 4 , FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 400 suitable for an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device 400 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 . For convenience of explanation, FIG. 4 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 4 , the terminal device 400 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is used to control the antenna and the input and output devices to send and receive signals, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so as to execute the corresponding process performed by the terminal device in the method for registration proposed in this application. Processes and/or Actions. It will not be repeated here.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图4仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。It can be understood by those skilled in the art that, for the convenience of description, FIG. 4 only shows one memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
参见图5,图5是本申请提供的用于信息指示的装置500的示意图。如图5所示,装 置500包括接收单元510、发送单元520和处理单元530。Referring to FIG. 5 , FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 500 for information indication provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 5 , the apparatus 500 includes a receiving unit 510, a sending unit 520 and a processing unit 530.
处理单元530,用于确定下行控制信息DCI;a processing unit 530, configured to determine downlink control information DCI;
该DCI中包括参考信号RS请求字段和第一字段,该参考信号RS请求字段用于指示被触发的RS资源集,该参考信号RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发,且该第一字段用于确定第一信息,该RS请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发,且该第一字段用于确定第二信息其中,该第一信息用于确定发送该RS的时间单元,该第二信息包括至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,该功率信息用于确定第一发送功率;The DCI includes a reference signal RS request field and a first field, the reference signal RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set, the reference signal RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used for Determine first information, the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, and the first field is used to determine second information, wherein the first information is used to determine the time unit for sending the RS, and the second information includes at least at least one piece of power information corresponding to one port respectively, where the power information is used to determine the first transmit power;
发送单元520,用于向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI。The sending unit 520 is configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device.
示例性地,装置500还包括接收单元510,用于接收来自该终端设备的至少一个信号,该至少一个信号的接收功率相同。Exemplarily, the apparatus 500 further includes a receiving unit 510, configured to receive at least one signal from the terminal device, and the received power of the at least one signal is the same.
装置500和方法实施例中的网络设备对应,装置500可以是方法实施例中的网络设备,或者方法实施例中的网络设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置500的相应单元用于执行图2所示的方法实施例中由网络设备执行的相应步骤。The apparatus 500 corresponds to the network device in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 500 may be the network device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the network device in the method embodiment. Corresponding units of the apparatus 500 are configured to perform the corresponding steps performed by the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
装置500中的发送单元520执行方法实施例中网络设备发送的步骤,装置500中的接收单元510,用于执行网络设备接收的步骤,装置500中的处理单元530,用于执行网络设备内部对应与处理相关的步骤。The sending unit 520 in the apparatus 500 performs the step of sending by the network device in the method embodiment, the receiving unit 510 in the apparatus 500 is configured to perform the step of receiving the network device, and the processing unit 530 in the apparatus 500 is configured to perform the internal correspondence of the network device. The steps associated with processing.
接收单元510和发送单元520可以组成收发单元,同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中,处理单元530可以是至少一个处理器。发送单元520可以是发射器或者接口电路。接收单元510可以是接收器或者接口电路。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器或者接口电路。The receiving unit 510 and the sending unit 520 can form a transceiver unit, and have the functions of receiving and sending at the same time. The processing unit 530 may be at least one processor. The sending unit 520 may be a transmitter or an interface circuit. The receiving unit 510 may be a receiver or an interface circuit. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated together to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
可选的,装置500还可以包括存储单元,用于存储数据和/或信令,处理单元530、发送单元520、和接收单元510可以与存储单元交互或者耦合,例如读取或者调用存储单元中的数据和/或信令,以使得上述实施例的方法被执行。Optionally, the apparatus 500 may further include a storage unit for storing data and/or signaling. The processing unit 530, the sending unit 520, and the receiving unit 510 may interact or couple with the storage unit, for example, read or call the storage unit. data and/or signaling, so that the methods of the above embodiments are performed.
以上各个单元可以独立存在,也可以全部或者部分集成。The above units may exist independently, or may be integrated in whole or in part.
参见图6,图6是适用于本申请实施例的网络设备600的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述信息指示的方法中的网络设备的功能。可以为网络设备的结构示意图。Referring to FIG. 6 , FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 600 applicable to this embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the network device in the above information indication method. It can be a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device.
一种可能的方式中,例如在5G通信系统中的某些实现方案中,网络设备600可以包括CU、DU和AAU,相比于LTE通信系统中的网络设备由一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)和一个或多个基带单元(base band unit,BBU)来说:In a possible manner, for example, in some implementation solutions in a 5G communication system, the network device 600 may include CU, DU, and AAU. Compared with the network device in the LTE communication system, the network device includes one or more radio frequency units, such as For the remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU) and one or more baseband units (base band unit, BBU):
原BBU的非实时部分将分割出来,重新定义为CU,负责处理非实时协议和服务、BBU的部分物理层处理功能与原RRU及无源天线合并为AAU、BBU的剩余功能重新定义为DU,负责处理物理层协议和实时服务。简而言之,CU和DU,以处理内容的实时性进行区分、AAU为RRU和天线的组合。The non-real-time part of the original BBU will be divided and redefined as CU, which is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services. Part of the physical layer processing function of the BBU is merged with the original RRU and passive antenna into AAU, and the remaining functions of the BBU are redefined as DU. Responsible for handling physical layer protocols and real-time services. In short, CU and DU are distinguished by the real-time nature of processing content, and AAU is a combination of RRU and antenna.
CU、DU、AAU可以采取分离或合设的方式,所以,会出现多种网络部署形态,一种可能的部署形态与传统4G网络设备一致,CU与DU共硬件部署。应理解,图6只是一种示例,对本申请的保护范围并不限制,例如,部署形态还可以是DU部署在6G BBU机房,CU集中部署或DU集中部署,CU更高层次集中等。CU, DU, and AAU can be separated or co-located. Therefore, there will be a variety of network deployment forms. One possible deployment form is consistent with traditional 4G network equipment. CU and DU share hardware deployment. It should be understood that FIG. 6 is only an example, and the protection scope of the present application is not limited. For example, the deployment form may also be that DUs are deployed in a 6G BBU computer room, CUs are deployed in a centralized manner, or DUs are centrally deployed, and CUs are centralized at higher levels.
所述AAU 601可以实现收发功能称为收发单元601,与图5中的发送单元520对应。可选地,该收发单元601还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等,其可以包括至少 一个天线6011和射频单元6012。可选地,收发单元601可以包括接收单元和发送单元,接收单元可以对应于接收器(或称接收机、接收电路),发送单元可以对应于发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。所述CU和DU 602可以实现内部处理功能称为处理单元602。可选地,该处理单元602可以对网络设备进行控制等,可以称为控制器。所述AAU 601与CU和DU 602可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的。The AAU 601 can implement a transceiver function and is called a transceiver unit 601, which corresponds to the sending unit 520 in FIG. 5 . Optionally, the transceiver unit 601 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 6011 and a radio frequency unit 6012. Optionally, the transceiver unit 601 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit, the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or called a receiver, a receiving circuit), and the sending unit may correspond to a transmitter (or called a transmitter, a sending circuit). The CU and DU 602 may implement internal processing functions called processing unit 602. Optionally, the processing unit 602 may control network devices, etc., and may be referred to as a controller. The AAU 601, the CU and the DU 602 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated.
另外,网络设备不限于图6所示的形态,也可以是其它形态:例如:包括BBU和ARU,或者包括BBU和AAU;也可以为CPE,还可以为其它形态,本申请不限定。In addition, the network device is not limited to the form shown in FIG. 6 , and can also be in other forms: for example, it includes BBU and ARU, or includes BBU and AAU; it can also be CPE, or other forms, which are not limited in this application.
应理解,图6所示的网络设备600能够实现图2方法实施例中涉及的网络设备的功能。网络设备600中的各个单元的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现本申请方法实施例中由网络设备执行的相应流程。为避免重复,此处适当省略详述描述。图6示例的网络设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的网络设备结构的可能。It should be understood that the network device 600 shown in FIG. 6 can implement the functions of the network device involved in the method embodiment of FIG. 2 . The operations and/or functions of each unit in the network device 600 are respectively to implement the corresponding processes executed by the network device in the method embodiments of the present application. To avoid repetition, the detailed description is appropriately omitted here. The structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 6 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation to the embodiments of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other forms of network device structures that may appear in the future.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的终端设备和网络设备。Embodiments of the present application further provide a communication system, which includes the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述如图2所示的方法中终端设备执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on the computer, the computer is made to execute each of the above-mentioned methods performed by the terminal device in the method shown in FIG. 2 . step.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述如图2所示的方法中网络设备执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on the computer, the computer is made to execute each of the above-mentioned methods performed by the network device in the method shown in FIG. 2 . step.
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如图2所示的方法中终端设备执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions, when the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer program product causes the computer to perform each step performed by the terminal device in the method shown in FIG. 2 .
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如图2所示的方法中网络设备执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions, when the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer program product causes the computer to execute each step performed by the network device in the method shown in FIG. 2 .
本申请还提供一种芯片,包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行本申请提供的信息指示的方法中由终端设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地,该芯片还包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接,处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地,该芯片还包括通信接口,处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收处理的数据和/或信息,处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息,并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。The present application also provides a chip including a processor. The processor is configured to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the terminal device in the method indicated by the information provided in this application. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used for reading and executing the computer program in the memory. Further optionally, the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor acquires the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip, and the like. The processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
本申请还提供一种芯片,包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行本申请提供的信息指示的方法中由网络设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地,该芯片还包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接,处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地,该芯片还包括通信接口,处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收处理的数据和/或信息,处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息,并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。The present application also provides a chip including a processor. The processor is configured to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the network device in the method indicated by the information provided in this application. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used for reading and executing the computer program in the memory. Further optionally, the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor acquires the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip, and the like. The processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
上述的芯片也可以替换为芯片系统,这里不再赘述。The above-mentioned chip can also be replaced by a chip system, which will not be repeated here.
本申请中的术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "comprising" and "having" in this application, and any variations thereof, are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, for example, a process, method, system, product or device comprising a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to the explicit lists Those steps or units listed may instead include other steps or units not expressly listed or inherent to these processes, methods, products or devices.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual conditions to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
另外,本申请中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;本申请中术语“至少一个”,可以表示“一个”和“两个或两个以上”,例如,A、B和C中至少一个,可以表示:单独存在A,单独存在B,单独存在C、同时存在A和B,同时存在A和C,同时存在C和B,同时存在A和B和C,这七种情况。In addition, the term "and/or" in this application is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time. , there are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship; the term "at least one" in this application can mean "one" and "two or more", for example, A At least one of , B, and C can mean: A alone exists, B exists alone, C exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, A and C exist simultaneously, C and B exist simultaneously, and A and B and C exist simultaneously. seven situations.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖 在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (28)

  1. 一种信息指示的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for indicating information, comprising:
    终端设备获取下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI中包括参考信号RS请求字段和第一字段,所述RS请求字段用于指示被触发的RS资源集,The terminal device acquires downlink control information DCI, where the DCI includes a reference signal RS request field and a first field, and the RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set,
    在所述RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发的情况下,所述第一字段用于确定第一信息,In the case that the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information,
    在所述RS请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发的情况下,所述第一字段用于确定第二信息,In the case where the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the second information,
    其中,所述第一信息用于确定发送所述RS的时间单元,所述第二信息包括至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,所述至少一个功率信息分别用于确定至少一个第一发送功率。The first information is used to determine the time unit for sending the RS, the second information includes at least one power information corresponding to at least one port, and the at least one power information is used to determine at least one first transmission power.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定第二信息包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first field is used to determine the second information comprising:
    所述第一字段用于确定所述至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,The first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively,
    其中,所述功率信息包括以下至少一种:Wherein, the power information includes at least one of the following:
    所述功率信息为第一发送功率;或者,The power information is the first transmit power; or,
    所述功率信息为偏移量,所述偏移量和第二发送功率用于确定所述第一发送功率;或者,The power information is an offset, and the offset and the second transmit power are used to determine the first transmit power; or,
    所述功率信息为差分功率偏置,所述差分功率偏置和预设端口的发送功率用于确定所述第一发送功率;或者,The power information is a differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of a preset port are used to determine the first transmit power; or,
    所述功率信息为自变量,所述自变量和预定义规则用于确定所述第一发送功率,The power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a predefined rule are used to determine the first transmit power,
    所述第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,所述第二字段包括所述DCI中包含的功率控制字段。The second transmission power is obtained according to one or more of a predefined rule, a value indicated by high-layer signaling configuration and/or a second field, and the number of ports used for one transmission, and the second field includes the The power control field contained in the DCI described above.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定所述至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first field is used to determine at least one power information corresponding to the at least one port, comprising:
    所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,所述第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,The first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port,
    所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:The first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes:
    所述第一字段中包括第一比特,所述第一比特用于确定所述第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与所述第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,所述第一比特包括至少一个比特,The first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used to determine the first power information, and the first power information is the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set and the first bit corresponding power information, the first bit includes at least one bit,
    所述第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:The first field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes:
    所述第一字段中包括第二比特,所述第二比特用于确定所述第二功率信息,所述第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与所述第二比特的状态相对应的功率信息,所述第二比特包括至少一个比特。The first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is the state of the second bit in the preset second power information set Corresponding power information, the second bit includes at least one bit.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备获知预设的关联关系,The terminal device learns the preset association relationship,
    其中,所述预设的关联关系用于确定:Wherein, the preset association relationship is used to determine:
    所述预设的第一功率信息集合与所述第一端口相对应、所述预设的第二功率信息集合与所述第二端口相对应、所述第一比特与所述第一功率信息集合相对应、所述第二比特与所述第二功率信息集合相对应,The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information corresponding to the set, the second bit corresponds to the second power information set,
    所述第一比特的状态与所述第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应、所述第二比特的状态与所述第二功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。The state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first set of power information, and the state of the second bit corresponds to the power information in the second set of power information.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定所述至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first field is used to determine at least one power information corresponding to the at least one port, comprising:
    所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,所述第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,The first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port,
    所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:The first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes:
    所述第一字段的第一比特状态指示第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与所述第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;The first bit state of the first field indicates first power information, and the first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in a preset first power information set;
    所述第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:The first field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes:
    所述第一字段的第二比特状态指示第二功率信息,所述第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与所述第二比特状态相对应的功率信息。The second bit state of the first field indicates second power information, and the second power information is power information corresponding to the second bit state in a preset second power information set.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备获知预设的关联关系,The terminal device learns the preset association relationship,
    其中,所述预设的关联关系指示:Wherein, the preset association relationship indication:
    所述预设的第一功率信息集合与所述第一端口相对应、所述预设的第二功率信息集合与所述第二端口相对应、所述第一比特状态与所述第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应、所述第二比特状态与所述第二功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, and the first bit state corresponds to the first power The power information in the information set corresponds to, and the second bit state corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
  7. 根据权利要求2至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to at least one port respectively, comprising:
    所述第一字段用于确定所述至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息均为第二发送功率,The first field is used to determine that at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port is the second transmit power,
    其中,所述第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,所述第二字段包括所述DCI中包含的功率控制字段。Wherein, the second transmission power is obtained according to one or more of a predefined rule, a value indicated by high-layer signaling and/or a second field, and the number of ports used for one transmission, and the second field Include the power control field contained in the DCI.
  8. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first field is used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port, comprising:
    所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息用于确定所述第一端口对应的第一发送功率,The first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port,
    第二端口对应的第二功率信息与所述第一功率信息相关;或者,The second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or,
    所述第二端口对应的第一发送功率与所述第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,The first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or,
    所述第二端口对应的第二功率信息与所述第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,The second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or,
    所述第二端口对应的第一发送功率与所述第一端口对应的第一功率信息相关。The first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port comprises:
    所述第一字段中包括第一比特,所述第一比特用于确定所述第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与所述第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,所述第一比特包括至少一个比特;The first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used to determine the first power information, and the first power information is the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set and the first bit Corresponding power information, the first bit includes at least one bit;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述终端设备获知预设的关联关系,The terminal device learns the preset association relationship,
    其中,所述预设的关联关系指示:Wherein, the preset association relationship indication:
    所述预设的第一功率信息集合与所述第一端口相对应、所述第一比特与所述第一功率信息集合相对应、所述第一比特的状态与所述第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, and the state of the first bit corresponds to the first power information set Corresponds to the power information in .
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port comprises:
    所述第一字段的第一比特状态指示第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与所述第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;The first bit state of the first field indicates first power information, and the first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in a preset first power information set;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述终端设备获知预设的关联关系,The terminal device learns the preset association relationship,
    其中,所述预设的关联关系指示:Wherein, the preset association relationship indication:
    所述预设的第一功率信息集合与所述第一端口相对应、所述第一比特状态与所述第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
  11. 根据权利要求3至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口为第一端口集合中的任意一个端口,所述第一端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为所述第一端口的第一发送功率;和/或,The method according to any one of claims 3 to 10, wherein the first port is any one port in a first port set, and each port in the first port set corresponds to a first port The transmit power is the first transmit power of the first port; and/or,
    所述第二端口为第二端口集合中的任意一个端口,所述第二端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为所述第二端口的第一发送功率。The second port is any port in the second port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the first transmit power of the second port.
  12. 根据权利要求2至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 11, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备用所述至少一个第一发送功率分别在所述至少一个端口发送至少一个信号。The terminal device transmits at least one signal on the at least one port with the at least one first transmit power, respectively.
  13. 一种信息指示的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for indicating information, comprising:
    网络设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI中包括参考信号RS请求字段和第一字段,所述RS请求字段用于指示被触发的RS资源集,The network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal device, where the DCI includes a reference signal RS request field and a first field, and the RS request field is used to indicate a triggered RS resource set,
    在所述RS请求字段指示RS资源集被触发的情况下,所述第一字段用于确定第一信息,In the case that the RS request field indicates that the RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the first information,
    在所述RS请求字段指示无RS资源集被触发的情况下,所述第一字段用于确定第二信息,In the case where the RS request field indicates that no RS resource set is triggered, the first field is used to determine the second information,
    其中,所述第一信息用于确定发送所述RS的时间单元,所述第二信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first information is used to determine the time unit for sending the RS, and the second information includes at least one of the following:
    至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息、至少一个发送接收点TRP的功率控制信息、终端设备的频率资源信息、时隙格式指示信息、载波切换指示信息,at least one power information corresponding to at least one port, power control information of at least one transmitting and receiving point TRP, frequency resource information of terminal equipment, time slot format indication information, carrier switching indication information,
    所述至少一个功率信息分别用于确定至少一个第一发送功率。The at least one power information is respectively used to determine at least one first transmit power.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 13, wherein:
    所述第一字段用于确定第二信息包括:The first field is used to determine the second information including:
    所述第一字段用于确定所述至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息,The first field is used to determine at least one piece of power information corresponding to the at least one port respectively,
    其中,所述功率信息包括以下至少一种:Wherein, the power information includes at least one of the following:
    所述功率信息为第一发送功率;或者,The power information is the first transmit power; or,
    所述功率信息为偏移量,所述偏移量和第二发送功率用于确定所述第一发送功率;或者,The power information is an offset, and the offset and the second transmit power are used to determine the first transmit power; or,
    所述功率信息为差分功率偏置,所述差分功率偏置和预设端口的发送功率用于确定所述第一发送功率;The power information is a differential power offset, and the differential power offset and the transmit power of a preset port are used to determine the first transmit power;
    所述功率信息为自变量,所述自变量和预定义规则用于确定所述第一发送功率,The power information is an independent variable, and the independent variable and a predefined rule are used to determine the first transmit power,
    其中,所述第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,所述第二字段包括所述DCI中包含的功率控制字段。Wherein, the second transmission power is obtained according to one or more of a predefined rule, a value indicated by high-layer signaling and/or a second field, and the number of ports used for one transmission, and the second field Include the power control field contained in the DCI.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the first field is used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port, comprising:
    所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,所述第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息;The first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port;
    所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:The first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port and includes:
    所述第一字段中包括第一比特,所述第一比特用于确定所述第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与所述第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,所述第一比特包括至少一个比特,The first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used to determine the first power information, and the first power information is the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set and the state of the first bit. corresponding power information, the first bit includes at least one bit,
    所述第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:The first field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes:
    所述第一字段中包括第二比特,所述第二比特用于确定所述第二功率信息,所述第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与所述第二比特的状态相对应的功率信息,所述第二比特包括至少一个比特。The first field includes a second bit, the second bit is used to determine the second power information, and the second power information is the state of the second bit in the preset second power information set Corresponding power information, the second bit includes at least one bit.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送关联关系,所述关联关系用于确定:The network device sends an association relationship to the terminal device, and the association relationship is used to determine:
    所述预设的第一功率信息集合与所述第一端口相对应、所述预设的第二功率信息集合与所述第二端口相对应、所述第一比特与所述第一功率信息集合相对应、所述第二比特与所述第二功率信息集合相对应、所述第一比特的状态与所述第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应、所述第二比特的状态与所述第二功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information Set corresponding, the second bit corresponds to the second power information set, the state of the first bit corresponds to the power information in the first power information set, the state of the second bit corresponds to Corresponding power information in the second power information set.
  17. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定所述至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the first field is used to determine at least one power information corresponding to the at least one port, comprising:
    所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,所述第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息,The first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and the first field is used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port,
    所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:The first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port includes:
    所述第一字段的第一比特状态对应所述第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与所述第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;The first bit state of the first field corresponds to the first power information, and the first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in a preset first power information set;
    所述第一字段用于确定第二端口对应的第二功率信息包括:The first field used to determine the second power information corresponding to the second port includes:
    所述第一字段的第二比特状态对应指示所述第二功率信息,所述第二功率信息为预设的第二功率信息集合中与所述第二比特状态相对应的功率信息,The second bit state of the first field corresponds to indicating the second power information, and the second power information is the power information corresponding to the second bit state in the preset second power information set,
    其中,所述预设的第一功率信息集合和所述预设的第二功率信息集合包含在同一个预设的功率信息集合中。Wherein, the preset first power information set and the preset second power information set are included in the same preset power information set.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送关联关系,所述关联关系用于确定:The network device sends an association relationship to the terminal device, and the association relationship is used to determine:
    所述预设的第一功率信息集合与所述第一端口相对应、所述预设的第二功率信息集合与所述第二端口相对应、所述第一比特状态与所述第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应、所述第二比特状态与所述第二功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the preset second power information set corresponds to the second port, and the first bit state corresponds to the first power The power information in the information set corresponds to, and the second bit state corresponds to the power information in the second power information set.
  19. 根据权利要求13至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息功率包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 18, wherein the first field is used to determine at least one power information power corresponding to at least one port respectively, comprising:
    所述第一字段用于确定所述至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息率均为第二发送功率,其中,第二发送功率根据预定义的规则、通过高层信令配置和/或第二字段指示的值,以及一次传输所用的端口个数中的一个或多个获得,所述第二字段包括所述DCI中包含的功率控制字段。The first field is used to determine that at least one power information rate corresponding to the at least one port is the second transmit power, wherein the second transmit power is configured according to a predefined rule, through high-layer signaling and/or the second transmit power. The value indicated by the field and one or more of the number of ports used for one transmission are obtained, and the second field includes the power control field included in the DCI.
  20. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定至少一个端口分别对应的至少一个功率信息包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the first field is used to determine at least one power information corresponding to at least one port, comprising:
    所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息用于确定所述第一端口对应的第一发送功率,The first field is used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port, and the first power information is used to determine the first transmit power corresponding to the first port,
    第二端口对应的第二功率信息与所述第一功率信息相关;或者,The second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information; or,
    所述第二端口对应的第一发送功率与所述第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,The first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or,
    所述第二端口对应的第二功率信息与所述第一端口对应的第一发送功率相关;或者,The second power information corresponding to the second port is related to the first transmit power corresponding to the first port; or,
    所述第二端口对应的第一发送功率与所述第一端口对应的第一功率信息相关。The first transmit power corresponding to the second port is related to the first power information corresponding to the first port.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port comprises:
    所述第一字段中包括第一比特,所述第一比特用于确定所述第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与所述第一比特的状态相对应的功率信息,所述第一比特包括至少一个比特;The first field includes a first bit, and the first bit is used to determine the first power information, and the first power information is the state of the first bit in the preset first power information set and the first bit Corresponding power information, the first bit includes at least one bit;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送关联关系,所述关联关系用于确定:The network device sends an association relationship to the terminal device, and the association relationship is used to determine:
    所述预设的第一功率信息集合与所述第一端口相对应、所述第一比特与所述第一功率信息集合相对应、所述第一比特的状态与所述第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, the first bit corresponds to the first power information set, and the state of the first bit corresponds to the first power information set Corresponds to the power information in .
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定第一端口对应的第一功率信息包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein the first field used to determine the first power information corresponding to the first port comprises:
    所述第一字段的第一比特状态指示第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息为预设的第一功率信息集合中与所述第一比特状态相对应的功率信息;The first bit state of the first field indicates first power information, and the first power information is power information corresponding to the first bit state in a preset first power information set;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送关联关系,所述关联关系用于确定:The network device sends an association relationship to the terminal device, and the association relationship is used to determine:
    所述预设的第一功率信息集合与所述第一端口相对应、所述第一比特状态与所述第一功率信息集合中的功率信息相对应。The preset first power information set corresponds to the first port, and the first bit state corresponds to the power information in the first power information set.
  23. 根据权利要求14至22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口为第一 端口集合中的任意一个端口,所述第一端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为所述第一端口的第一发送功率;和/或,The method according to any one of claims 14 to 22, wherein the first port is any port in a first port set, and each port in the first port set corresponds to a first port. The transmit power is the first transmit power of the first port; and/or,
    所述第二端口为第二端口集合中的任意一个端口,所述第二端口集合中的每个端口对应的第一发送功率均为所述第二端口的第一发送功率。The second port is any port in the second port set, and the first transmit power corresponding to each port in the second port set is the first transmit power of the second port.
  24. 根据权利要求13至23中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 23, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的至少一个信号,所述至少一个信号的分别对应的至少一个接收功率相同。The network device receives at least one signal from the terminal device, and at least one corresponding received power of the at least one signal is the same.
  25. 一种信息指示的装置,其特征在于,用于执行权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法。A device for information indication, characterized in that it is used to execute the method of any one of claims 1-12.
  26. 一种信息指示的装置,其特征在于,用于执行权利要求13-24中任一项所述的方法。A device for information indication, characterized in that it is used to execute the method of any one of claims 13-24.
  27. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在被处理器运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求13-24中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising computer instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1-12, or cause the computer to execute the method of any one of claims 1-12. The computer performs the method of any of claims 13-24.
  28. 一种芯片装置,其特征在于,包括处理电路,所述处理电路用于从存储器中调用并运行程序,使得安装有该芯片装置的通信设备执行如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法,或者使得所述安装有该芯片装置的通信设备执行如权利要求13-24中任一项所述的方法。A chip device, characterized in that it includes a processing circuit, the processing circuit is used to call and run a program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip device executes the method according to any one of claims 1-12. method, or cause the communication device installed with the chip device to execute the method according to any one of claims 13-24.
PCT/CN2022/083248 2021-04-02 2022-03-28 Method and apparatus for information indication WO2022206652A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110363786.3A CN115175329A (en) 2021-04-02 2021-04-02 Information indication method and device
CN202110363786.3 2021-04-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022206652A1 true WO2022206652A1 (en) 2022-10-06

Family

ID=83455585

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/083248 WO2022206652A1 (en) 2021-04-02 2022-03-28 Method and apparatus for information indication

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115175329A (en)
WO (1) WO2022206652A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150016317A1 (en) * 2012-03-17 2015-01-15 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for controlling transmission power of sounding reference signal in wireless communication system and apparatus for same
US20160112960A1 (en) * 2013-06-24 2016-04-21 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for controlling transmission power of sounding reference signal and apparatus for same
CN111711989A (en) * 2018-01-19 2020-09-25 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Sounding reference signal transmission method, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN111867091A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Signal transmission method, network equipment and terminal equipment
US20210029650A1 (en) * 2019-07-22 2021-01-28 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Power Control for Wireless Communications
US20210377870A1 (en) * 2020-05-27 2021-12-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Open-loop power control parameter determination for mixed downlink control information formats

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150016317A1 (en) * 2012-03-17 2015-01-15 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for controlling transmission power of sounding reference signal in wireless communication system and apparatus for same
US20160112960A1 (en) * 2013-06-24 2016-04-21 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for controlling transmission power of sounding reference signal and apparatus for same
CN111711989A (en) * 2018-01-19 2020-09-25 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Sounding reference signal transmission method, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN111867091A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Signal transmission method, network equipment and terminal equipment
US20210029650A1 (en) * 2019-07-22 2021-01-28 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Power Control for Wireless Communications
US20210377870A1 (en) * 2020-05-27 2021-12-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Open-loop power control parameter determination for mixed downlink control information formats

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115175329A (en) 2022-10-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021147933A1 (en) Power control parameter determination method and device, and storage medium
WO2020207269A1 (en) Method and apparatus for interference measurement
WO2019047828A1 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus and system
CN104885554A (en) Reference signal measurement for device-to-device communication
WO2020199066A1 (en) Power control method and related device
EP4195852A1 (en) Communication method, user equipment, network device and computer-readable storage medium
WO2019047819A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting uplink control channel
US20220385384A1 (en) Enhancement of channel state information on multiple transmission/reception points
CN116133141A (en) Channel state evaluation and reporting scheme in wireless communication
CN113950856A (en) Communication method, communication device and system
CN108260197A (en) A kind of method and apparatus in UE for power adjustment, base station
WO2020155604A1 (en) Measurement reporting method and apparatus
CN115804022A (en) Method, apparatus and computer program
WO2022022517A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining transmission power
WO2020030159A1 (en) Power control method and apparatus, receiving device, and storage medium
WO2019192500A1 (en) Communication method and communication set
WO2021218925A1 (en) Method for adjusting channel quality indicator (cqi), and terminal device
WO2021207959A1 (en) Repeated transmission method and apparatus, and readable storage medium
WO2020233370A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021062836A1 (en) Power adjustment method and apparatus
WO2021062766A1 (en) Interference measurement reporting method and communication apparatus
WO2023016522A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022206652A1 (en) Method and apparatus for information indication
WO2023202530A1 (en) Power determination method and apparatus, and chip and module device
WO2024020822A1 (en) Uplink power control method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22778834

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22778834

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1